patch 9.0.1387: scrollbar test sporadically fails

Problem:    Scrollbar test sporadically fails.
Solution:   Mark the scrollbar test as flaky. (Christian Brabandt,
            closes #12113)

.appveyor.yml

@@ -1,10 +1,31 @@
 version: "{build}"
 
+image: Visual Studio 2015
+
 skip_tags: true
 
 environment:
   matrix:
     - FEATURE: HUGE
+  
+    # Alternate environments, not used right now.  2022 is a lot slower.
+    #
+    # - job_name: VS-2015
+    #   appveyor_build_worker_image: Visual Studio 2015
+    #   FEATURE: HUGE
+
+    # - job_name: VS-2017
+    #   appveyor_build_worker_image: Visual Studio 2017
+    #   FEATURE: HUGE
+
+    # - job_name: VS-2019
+    #   appveyor_build_worker_image: Visual Studio 2019
+    #   FEATURE: HUGE
+
+    # - job_name: VS-2022
+    #   appveyor_build_worker_image: Visual Studio 2022
+    #   FEATURE: HUGE
+
 # disabled
 #    - FEATURE: TINY
 #    - FEATURE: NORMAL
@@ -14,19 +35,19 @@ matrix:
   fast_finish: true
 
 before_build:
-  # Use Visual Studio 2015 compiler tools (default is 2012)
+  - call ver
-  - '"C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Visual Studio 14.0\VC\vcvarsall.bat" x86_amd64'
+  - ci\appveyor.bat install
 
 build_script:
-  - ci/appveyor.bat
+  - ci\appveyor.bat build
 
 test_script:
-  - cd src/testdir
+  - ci\appveyor.bat test
-    # Testing with MSVC gvim
+
-  - path C:\Python35-x64;%PATH%
+artifacts:
-  - nmake -f Make_mvc.mak VIMPROG=..\gvim
+  - path: src/vim.exe
-  - nmake -f Make_mvc.mak clean
+    name: vim
-    # Testing with MSVC console version
+  - path: src/gvim.exe
-  - nmake -f Make_mvc.mak VIMPROG=..\vim
+    name: gvim
 
 # vim: sw=2 sts=2 et ts=8 sr

.github/CODEOWNERS

@@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ runtime/compiler/dartanalyser.vim	@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/dartdevc.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/dartdoc.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/dartfmt.vim		@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/dotnet.vim		@nickspoons
 runtime/compiler/eruby.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/fbc.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/gawk.vim		@dkearns
@@ -181,6 +182,7 @@ runtime/ftplugin/python.vim		@tpict
 runtime/ftplugin/qb64.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/r.vim			@jalvesaq
 runtime/ftplugin/racket.vim		@benknoble
+runtime/ftplugin/readline.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/rhelp.vim		@jalvesaq
 runtime/ftplugin/rmd.vim		@jalvesaq
 runtime/ftplugin/rnoweb.vim		@jalvesaq
@@ -297,6 +299,7 @@ runtime/plugin/tarPlugin.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/plugin/vimballPlugin.vim	@cecamp
 runtime/plugin/zipPlugin.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/plugin/manpager.vim		@Konfekt
+runtime/syntax/shared/hgcommitDiff.vim		@vegerot
 runtime/syntax/abaqus.vim		@costerwi
 runtime/syntax/aidl.vim			@dpelle
 runtime/syntax/amiga.vim		@cecamp
@@ -331,6 +334,7 @@ runtime/syntax/dot.vim			@mmottl
 runtime/syntax/doxygen.vim		@frogonwheels
 runtime/syntax/dtd.vim			@chrisbra
 runtime/syntax/dts.vim			@zonque
+runtime/syntax/editorconfig.vim		@gpanders
 runtime/syntax/eiffel.vim		@jocelyn
 runtime/syntax/elmfilt.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/erlang.vim		@hcs42
@@ -371,6 +375,7 @@ runtime/syntax/indent.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/j.vim			@glts
 runtime/syntax/jargon.vim		@h3xx
 runtime/syntax/java.vim			@fleiner
+runtime/syntax/javascript.vim		@fleiner
 runtime/syntax/jsonc.vim		@izhakjakov
 runtime/syntax/julia.vim		@carlobaldassi
 runtime/syntax/kconfig.vim		@chrisbra
@@ -394,6 +399,7 @@ runtime/syntax/n1ql.vim			@pr3d4t0r
 runtime/syntax/netrw.vim		@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/nginx.vim		@chr4
 runtime/syntax/ninja.vim		@nico
+runtime/syntax/nix.vim			@equill
 runtime/syntax/nroff.vim		@jmarshall
 runtime/syntax/nsis.vim			@k-takata
 runtime/syntax/openvpn.vim		@ObserverOfTime
@@ -464,6 +470,7 @@ runtime/syntax/vdf.vim			@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/syntax/vim.vim			@cecamp
 runtime/syntax/vroom.vim		@dbarnett
 runtime/syntax/wast.vim			@rhysd
+runtime/syntax/wdl.vim			@zenmatic
 runtime/syntax/wget.vim			@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/wget2.vim		@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/xbl.vim			@dkearns

.github/workflows/ci.yml

@@ -96,22 +96,21 @@ jobs:
       - name: Install gcc-11
         if:  matrix.compiler == 'gcc'
         run: |
-          sudo add-apt-repository ppa:ubuntu-toolchain-r/test
           sudo apt install -y gcc-11
           sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/gcc gcc /usr/bin/gcc-11 100
           sudo update-alternatives --set gcc /usr/bin/gcc-11
 
-      - name: Install clang-15
+      - name: Install clang-16
         if: matrix.compiler == 'clang'
         run: |
           wget -O - https://apt.llvm.org/llvm-snapshot.gpg.key | sudo apt-key add -
           . /etc/lsb-release
-          sudo add-apt-repository -y "deb http://apt.llvm.org/${DISTRIB_CODENAME}/ llvm-toolchain-${DISTRIB_CODENAME}-15 main"
+          sudo add-apt-repository -y "deb http://apt.llvm.org/${DISTRIB_CODENAME}/ llvm-toolchain-${DISTRIB_CODENAME}-16 main"
-          sudo apt install -y clang-15 llvm-15
+          sudo apt install -y clang-16 llvm-16
-          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/clang clang /usr/bin/clang-15 100
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/clang clang /usr/bin/clang-16 100
-          sudo update-alternatives --set clang /usr/bin/clang-15
+          sudo update-alternatives --set clang /usr/bin/clang-16
-          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/llvm-cov llvm-cov /usr/bin/llvm-cov-15 100
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/llvm-cov llvm-cov /usr/bin/llvm-cov-16 100
-          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/asan_symbolize asan_symbolize /usr/bin/asan_symbolize-15 100
+          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/asan_symbolize asan_symbolize /usr/bin/asan_symbolize-16 100
 
       - name: Set up environment
         run: |
@@ -254,7 +253,7 @@ jobs:
 
       - name: Codecov
         if: matrix.coverage
-        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v3.1.1
+        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v3
         with:
           flags: linux,${{ matrix.features }}-${{ matrix.compiler }}-${{ matrix.extra }}
 
@@ -300,8 +299,6 @@ jobs:
 
       - name: Install packages
         if: matrix.features == 'huge'
-        env:
-          HOMEBREW_NO_AUTO_UPDATE: 1
         run: |
           brew install lua
           echo "LUA_PREFIX=/usr/local" >> $GITHUB_ENV
@@ -373,8 +370,8 @@ jobs:
       PYTHON_VER_DOT: '2.7'
       PYTHON_DIR: 'C:\Python27'
       # Python 3
-      PYTHON3_VER: 310
+      PYTHON3_VER: 311
-      PYTHON3_VER_DOT: '3.10'
+      PYTHON3_VER_DOT: '3.11'
       # Other dependencies
       # winpty
       WINPTY_URL: https://github.com/rprichard/winpty/releases/download/0.4.3/winpty-0.4.3-msvc2015.zip
@@ -613,7 +610,7 @@ jobs:
 
       - name: Codecov
         if: matrix.coverage
-        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v3.1.1
+        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v3
         with:
           directory: src
           flags: windows,${{ matrix.toolchain }}-${{ matrix.arch }}-${{ matrix.features }}

.gitignore

@@ -68,6 +68,7 @@ src/tags
 /GPATH
 /GTAGS
 /GRTAGS
+nsis/tags
 
 # Generated by "make test"
 src/po/*.ck

.hgignore

@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ src/xxd/xxd
 src/auto/if_perl.c
 src/auto/gui_gtk_gresources.c
 src/auto/gui_gtk_gresources.h
+src/auto/os_haiku.rdef
 src/objects/.dirstamp
 src/objects
-src/tags
 src/types.vim
 
 # We do need src/auto/configure.
@@ -46,12 +46,15 @@ gvimext.lib
 gvim.lib
 runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt
 nsis/icons/*
+/vim90/
+.vscode/
 
 # NetBeans
 nbproject/*
 
 # Mac OSX
 src/xxd/xxd.dSYM
+.DS_Store
 
 # All platforms
 *.rej
@@ -62,6 +65,12 @@ src/xxd/xxd.dSYM
 *.pyc
 *.log
 src/po/vim.pot
+src/tags
+/tags
+/GPATH
+/GTAGS
+/GRTAGS
+nsis/tags
 
 # Generated by "make test"
 src/po/*.ck
@@ -78,14 +87,16 @@ src/testdir/dostmp/*
 src/testdir/messages
 src/testdir/viminfo
 src/testdir/opt_test.vim
+src/testdir/failed
+src/testdir/starttime
 runtime/indent/testdir/*.out
+runtime/indent/testdir/*.fail
 src/memfile_test
 src/json_test
 src/message_test
 src/kword_test
 
 # Generated by "make install"
-runtime/doc/tags
 runtime/doc/doctags
 
 # Generated by "make shadow".  The directory names could be anything but we
@@ -95,5 +106,10 @@ src/shadow-*
 src/runtime
 src/pixmaps
 
-# other possible files build by tools
+# other files possibly created by tools
 src/cscope.out
+
+# Linter/language server files
+/.cache/clangd/
+/.ccls-cache/
+/compile_commands.json

README.md

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 [![Vim Logo](https://github.com/vim/vim/raw/master/runtime/vimlogo.gif)](https://www.vim.org)
 
-[![Github Build status](https://github.com/vim/vim/workflows/GitHub%20CI/badge.svg)](https://github.com/vim/vim/actions?query=workflow%3A%22GitHub+CI%22) [![Appveyor Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/o2qht2kjm02sgghk?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/chrisbra/vim) [![Cirrus Build Status](https://api.cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim.svg)](https://cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim) [![Coverage Status](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim/coverage.svg?branch=master)](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim?branch=master) [![Coverity Scan](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/241/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/vim) [![Language Grade: C/C++](https://img.shields.io/lgtm/grade/cpp/g/vim/vim.svg?logo=lgtm&logoWidth=18)](https://lgtm.com/projects/g/vim/vim/context:cpp) [![Debian CI](https://badges.debian.net/badges/debian/testing/vim/version.svg)](https://buildd.debian.org/vim) [![Packages](https://repology.org/badge/tiny-repos/vim.svg)](https://repology.org/metapackage/vim) [![Fossies codespell report](https://fossies.org/linux/test/vim-master.tar.gz/codespell.svg)](https://fossies.org/linux/test/vim-master.tar.gz/codespell.html)
+[![Github Build status](https://github.com/vim/vim/workflows/GitHub%20CI/badge.svg)](https://github.com/vim/vim/actions?query=workflow%3A%22GitHub+CI%22) [![Appveyor Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/o2qht2kjm02sgghk?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/chrisbra/vim) [![Cirrus Build Status](https://api.cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim.svg)](https://cirrus-ci.com/github/vim/vim) [![Coverage Status](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim/coverage.svg?branch=master)](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim?branch=master) [![Coverity Scan](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/241/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/vim) [![Debian CI](https://badges.debian.net/badges/debian/testing/vim/version.svg)](https://buildd.debian.org/vim) [![Packages](https://repology.org/badge/tiny-repos/vim.svg)](https://repology.org/metapackage/vim) [![Fossies codespell report](https://fossies.org/linux/test/vim-master.tar.gz/codespell.svg)](https://fossies.org/linux/test/vim-master.tar.gz/codespell.html)
 
 <sub>For translations of this README see the end.</sub>
 
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ for details (do `:help uganda` inside Vim).
 
 Summary of the license: There are no restrictions on using or distributing an
 unmodified copy of Vim.  Parts of Vim may also be distributed, but the license
-text must always be included.  For modified versions a few restrictions apply.
+text must always be included.  For modified versions, a few restrictions apply.
 The license is GPL compatible, you may compile Vim with GPL libraries and
 distribute it.
 
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ For the most recent information about sponsoring look on the Vim web site:
 
 ## Contributing ##
 
-If you would like to help making Vim better, see the
+If you would like to help make Vim better, see the
 [CONTRIBUTING.md](/CONTRIBUTING.md) file.
 
 

README.txt

@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ encouraged to make a donation to help orphans in Uganda.  Please read the file
 
 Summary of the license: There are no restrictions on using or distributing an
 unmodified copy of Vim.  Parts of Vim may also be distributed, but the license
-text must always be included.  For modified versions a few restrictions apply.
+text must always be included.  For modified versions, a few restrictions apply.
 The license is GPL compatible, you may compile Vim with GPL libraries and
 distribute it.
 
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ For the most recent information about sponsoring look on the Vim web site:
 
 CONTRIBUTING
 
-If you would like to help making Vim better, see the CONTRIBUTING.md file.
+If you would like to help make Vim better, see the CONTRIBUTING.md file.
 
 
 INFORMATION

README_VIM9.md

@@ -2,18 +2,17 @@
 
 # What is Vim9?
 
-This is an experimental side of [Vim](https://github.com/vim/vim).
+This is a new syntax for Vim script that was introduced with Vim 9.0.
-It explores ways of making Vim script faster and better.
+It intends making Vim script faster and better.
 
-WARNING: The Vim9 script features are still under development, anything can
-break!
 
 # Why Vim9?
 
 ## 1. FASTER VIM SCRIPT
 
 The third item on the poll results of 2018, after popup windows and text
-properties, is faster Vim script.  So how do we do that?
+properties, both of which have been implemented, is faster Vim script.
+So how do we do that?
 
 I have been throwing some ideas around, and soon came to the conclusion
 that the current way functions are called and executed, with
@@ -53,7 +52,7 @@ we can gain, and also that Vim script can be faster than builtin
 interfaces.
 
 LuaJit is much faster at Lua-only instructions.  In practice the script would
-not do something useless as counting but change the text.  For example,
+not do something useless counting, but change the text.  For example,
 reindent all the lines:
 
 ``` vim

ci/appveyor.bat

@@ -1,9 +1,54 @@
 @echo off
 :: Batch file for building/testing Vim on AppVeyor
+set target=%1
 
 setlocal ENABLEDELAYEDEXPANSION
 cd %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%
 
+:: Python3
+set PYTHON3_VER=311
+set PYTHON3_RELEASE=3.11.1
+set PYTHON3_URL=https://www.python.org/ftp/python/%PYTHON3_RELEASE%/python-%PYTHON3_RELEASE%-amd64.exe
+set PYTHON3_DIR=C:\python%PYTHON3_VER%-x64
+
+set "VSWHERE=%ProgramFiles(x86)%\Microsoft Visual Studio\Installer\vswhere.exe"
+
+if exist "%VSWHERE%" (
+  for /f "usebackq delims=" %%i in (
+    `"%VSWHERE%" -products * -latest -property installationPath`
+  ) do (
+    set "VCVARSALL=%%i\VC\Auxiliary\Build\vcvarsall.bat"
+  )
+)
+
+if not exist "%VCVARSALL%" (
+  set "VCVARSALL=%ProgramFiles(x86)%\Microsoft Visual Studio 14.0\VC\vcvarsall.bat"
+)
+call "%VCVARSALL%" x64
+
+goto %target%
+echo Unknown build target.
+exit 1
+
+:: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+:install
+@echo on
+if not exist downloads mkdir downloads
+
+:: Python 3
+if not exist %PYTHON3_DIR% (
+  call :downloadfile %PYTHON3_URL% downloads\python3.exe
+  cmd /c start /wait downloads\python3.exe /quiet TargetDir=%PYTHON3_DIR% ^
+      Include_pip=0 Include_tcltk=0 Include_test=0 Include_tools=0 ^
+      AssociateFiles=0 Shortcuts=0 Include_doc=0 Include_launcher=0 ^
+      InstallLauncherAllUsers=0
+)
+@echo off
+goto :eof
+
+:: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+:build
+
 cd src
 
 echo "Building MSVC 64bit console Version"
@@ -22,7 +67,7 @@ if "%FEATURE%" == "HUGE" (
     nmake -f Make_mvc.mak CPU=AMD64 ^
         OLE=no GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no POSTSCRIPT=yes ^
         PYTHON_VER=27 DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=C:\Python27-x64 ^
-        PYTHON3_VER=35 DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=C:\Python35-x64 ^
+        PYTHON3_VER=%PYTHON3_VER% DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=%PYTHON3_DIR% ^
         FEATURES=%FEATURE%
 ) ELSE (
     nmake -f Make_mvc.mak CPU=AMD64 ^
@@ -39,4 +84,31 @@ echo "version output MSVC console"
 .\vim --version || exit 1
 echo "version output MSVC GUI"
 type ver_msvc.txt || exit 1
-cd ..
+
+goto :eof
+
+:: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+:test
+@echo on
+cd src/testdir
+:: Testing with MSVC gvim
+path %PYTHON3_DIR%;%PATH%
+nmake -f Make_mvc.mak VIMPROG=..\gvim
+nmake -f Make_mvc.mak clean
+:: Testing with MSVC console version
+nmake -f Make_mvc.mak VIMPROG=..\vim
+
+@echo off
+goto :eof
+
+:: ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+:downloadfile
+:: call :downloadfile <URL> <localfile>
+if not exist %2 (
+	curl -f -L %1 -o %2
+)
+if ERRORLEVEL 1 (
+	rem Retry once.
+	curl -f -L %1 -o %2 || exit 1
+)
+@goto :eof

nsis/README.txt

@@ -29,12 +29,12 @@ To build the installable .exe:
 
 4.  Get a "diff.exe" program.  If you skip this the built-in diff will always
     be used (which is fine for most users).  If you do have your own
-    "diff.exe" put it in the "../.." directory (above the "vim82" directory,
+    "diff.exe" put it in the "../.." directory (above the "vim90" directory,
     it's the same for all Vim versions).
     You can find one in previous Vim versions or in this archive:
 		http://www.mossbayeng.com/~ron/vim/diffutils.tar.gz
 
-5   Also put winpty32.dll and winpty-agent.exe in "../.." (above the "vim82"
+5   Also put winpty32.dll and winpty-agent.exe in "../.." (above the "vim90"
     directory).  This is required for the terminal window.
 
 6.  Do "make uganda.nsis.txt" in runtime/doc.  This requires sed, you may have

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -228,6 +228,28 @@ FunctionEnd
 !insertmacro GetParent ""
 !insertmacro GetParent "un."
 
+# Get home directory
+!macro GetHomeDir un
+Function ${un}GetHomeDir
+  Push $0
+  Push $1
+  ReadEnvStr $0 "HOME"
+  ${If} $0 == ""
+    ReadEnvStr $0 "HOMEDRIVE"
+    ReadEnvStr $1 "HOMEPATH"
+    StrCpy $0 "$0$1"
+    ${If} $0 == ""
+      ReadEnvStr $0 "USERPROFILE"
+    ${EndIf}
+  ${EndIf}
+  Pop $1
+  Exch $0  # put $0 on top of stack, restore $0 to original value
+FunctionEnd
+!macroend
+
+!insertmacro GetHomeDir ""
+!insertmacro GetHomeDir "un."
+
 # Check if Vim is already installed.
 # return: Installed directory. If not found, it will be empty.
 Function CheckOldVim
@@ -520,7 +542,8 @@ SectionGroup $(str_group_plugin) id_group_plugin
 	Section "$(str_section_plugin_home)" id_section_pluginhome
 		SectionIn 1 3
 
-		StrCpy $1 "$1 -create-directories home"
+		# use ShellExecAsUser below instead
+		# StrCpy $1 "$1 -create-directories home"
 	SectionEnd
 
 	Section "$(str_section_plugin_vim)" id_section_pluginvim
@@ -594,6 +617,13 @@ Section -call_install_exe
 	DetailPrint "$(str_msg_registering)"
 	nsExec::Exec "$0\install.exe $1"
 	Pop $3
+
+	${If} ${SectionIsSelected} ${id_section_pluginhome}
+	  ReadEnvStr $3 "COMSPEC"
+	  Call GetHomeDir
+	  Pop $4
+	  ShellExecAsUser::ShellExecAsUser "" "$3" '/c "cd /d "$4" & mkdir vimfiles & cd vimfiles & mkdir colors compiler doc ftdetect ftplugin indent keymap plugin syntax"' SW_HIDE
+	${EndIf}
 SectionEnd
 
 ##########################################################
@@ -1042,15 +1072,8 @@ SectionEnd
 SectionGroup "un.$(str_ungroup_plugin)" id_ungroup_plugin
 	Section /o "un.$(str_unsection_plugin_home)" id_unsection_plugin_home
 		# get the home dir
-		ReadEnvStr $0 "HOME"
+		Call un.GetHomeDir
-		${If} $0 == ""
+		Pop $0
-		  ReadEnvStr $0 "HOMEDRIVE"
-		  ReadEnvStr $1 "HOMEPATH"
-		  StrCpy $0 "$0$1"
-		  ${If} $0 == ""
-		    ReadEnvStr $0 "USERPROFILE"
-		  ${EndIf}
-		${EndIf}
 
 		${If} $0 != ""
 		  !insertmacro RemoveVimfiles $0

runtime/autoload/dist/ft.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ vim9script
 # Vim functions for file type detection
 #
 # Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-# Last Change:	2022 Nov 24
+# Last Change:	2022 Dec 14
 
 # These functions are moved here from runtime/filetype.vim to make startup
 # faster.
@@ -810,10 +810,13 @@ export def SQL()
 enddef
 
 # This function checks the first 25 lines of file extension "sc" to resolve
-# detection between scala and SuperCollider
+# detection between scala and SuperCollider.
+# NOTE: We don't check for 'Class : Method', as this can easily be confused
+# 	with valid Scala like `val x : Int = 3`. So we instead only rely on
+# 	checks that can't be confused.
 export def FTsc()
   for lnum in range(1, min([line("$"), 25]))
-    if getline(lnum) =~# '[A-Za-z0-9]*\s:\s[A-Za-z0-9]\|var\s<\|classvar\s<\|\^this.*\||\w*|\|+\s\w*\s{\|\*ar\s'
+    if getline(lnum) =~# 'var\s<\|classvar\s<\|\^this.*\||\w\+|\|+\s\w*\s{\|\*ar\s'
       setf supercollider
       return
     endif

runtime/autoload/dist/vimindent.vim

@@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ vim9script
 
 # Language:     Vim script
 # Maintainer:   github user lacygoill
-# Last Change:  2022 Oct 15
+# Last Change:  2023 Feb 01
 
 # NOTE: Whenever you change the code, make sure the tests are still passing:
 #
 #     $ cd runtime/indent/
-#     $ make clean; make test || vimdiff testdir/vim.{fail,ok}
+#     $ make clean; make test || vimdiff testdir/vim.{ok,fail}
 
 # Config {{{1
 
@@ -112,6 +112,10 @@ const DICT_KEY: string = '^\s*\%('
     .. '\)'
     .. ':\%(\s\|$\)'
 
+# NOT_A_DICT_KEY {{{3
+
+const NOT_A_DICT_KEY: string = ':\@!'
+
 # END_OF_COMMAND {{{3
 
 const END_OF_COMMAND: string = $'\s*\%($\|||\@!\|{INLINE_COMMENT}\)'
@@ -144,19 +148,43 @@ const HEREDOC_OPERATOR: string = '\s=<<\s\@=\%(\s\+\%(trim\|eval\)\)\{,2}'
 #
 # But sometimes, it can be too costly and cause `E363` to be given.
 const PATTERN_DELIMITER: string = '[-+*/%]\%(=\s\)\@!'
-
-# QUOTE {{{3
-
-const QUOTE: string = '["'']'
 # }}}2
 # Syntaxes {{{2
-# ASSIGNS_HEREDOC {{{3
+# BLOCKS {{{3
 
-const ASSIGNS_HEREDOC: string = $'^\%({COMMENT}\)\@!.*\%({HEREDOC_OPERATOR}\)\s\+\zs[A-Z]\+{END_OF_LINE}'
+const BLOCKS: list<list<string>> = [
+    ['if', 'el\%[se]', 'elseif\=', 'en\%[dif]'],
+    ['for', 'endfor\='],
+    ['wh\%[ile]', 'endw\%[hile]'],
+    ['try', 'cat\%[ch]', 'fina\|finally\=', 'endt\%[ry]'],
+    ['def', 'enddef'],
+    ['fu\%[nction](\@!', 'endf\%[unction]'],
+    ['class', 'endclass'],
+    ['interface', 'endinterface'],
+    ['enum', 'endenum'],
+    ['aug\%[roup]\%(\s\+[eE][nN][dD]\)\@!\s\+\S\+', 'aug\%[roup]\s\+[eE][nN][dD]'],
+]
 
-# CD_COMMAND {{{3
+# MODIFIERS {{{3
 
-const CD_COMMAND: string = $'\<[lt]\=cd!\=\s\+-{END_OF_COMMAND}'
+# some keywords can be prefixed by modifiers (e.g. `def` can be prefixed by `export`)
+const MODIFIERS: dict<string> = {
+    def: ['export', 'static'],
+    class: ['export', 'abstract', 'export abstract'],
+    interface: ['export'],
+}
+#     ...
+#     class: ['export', 'abstract', 'export abstract'],
+#     ...
+#     →
+#     ...
+#     class: '\%(export\|abstract\|export\s\+abstract\)\s\+',
+#     ...
+->map((_, mods: list<string>): string =>
+    '\%(' .. mods
+    ->join('\|')
+    ->substitute('\s\+', '\\s\\+', 'g')
+    .. '\)' .. '\s\+')
 
 # HIGHER_ORDER_COMMAND {{{3
 
@@ -174,56 +202,102 @@ patterns =<< trim eval END
     g\%[lobal]!\={PATTERN_DELIMITER}.*
     v\%[global]!\={PATTERN_DELIMITER}.*
 END
-const HIGHER_ORDER_COMMAND: string = $'\%(^\|{BAR_SEPARATION}\)\s*\<\%(' .. patterns->join('\|') .. '\):\@!'
 
-# MAPPING_COMMAND {{{3
+const HIGHER_ORDER_COMMAND: string = $'\%(^\|{BAR_SEPARATION}\)\s*\<\%({patterns->join('\|')}\){NOT_A_DICT_KEY}'
 
-const MAPPING_COMMAND: string = '\%(\<sil\%[ent]!\=\s\+\)\=\<[nvxsoilct]\=\%(nore\|un\)map!\=\s'
+# START_MIDDLE_END {{{3
 
-# NORMAL_COMMAND {{{3
+# Let's derive this constant from `BLOCKS`:
+#
+#     [['if', 'el\%[se]', 'elseif\=', 'en\%[dif]'],
+#      ['for', 'endfor\='],
+#      ...,
+#      [...]]
+#     →
+#     {
+#      'for': ['for', '', 'endfor\='],
+#      'endfor': ['for', '', 'endfor\='],
+#      'if': ['if', 'el\%[se]\|elseif\=', 'en\%[dif]'],
+#      'else': ['if', 'el\%[se]\|elseif\=', 'en\%[dif]'],
+#      'elseif': ['if', 'el\%[se]\|elseif\=', 'en\%[dif]'],
+#      'endif': ['if', 'el\%[se]\|elseif\=', 'en\%[dif]'],
+#      ...
+#     }
+var START_MIDDLE_END: dict<list<string>>
 
-const NORMAL_COMMAND: string = '\<norm\%[al]!\=\s*\S\+$'
+def Unshorten(kwd: string): string
+    return BlockStartKeyword(kwd)
+enddef
 
-# PLUS_MINUS_COMMAND {{{3
+def BlockStartKeyword(line: string): string
+    var kwd: string = line->matchstr('\l\+')
+    return fullcommand(kwd, false)
+enddef
 
-# In legacy, the `:+` and `:-` commands are not required to be preceded by a colon.
+{
-# As a result, when `+` or `-` is alone on a line, there is ambiguity.
+    for kwds: list<string> in BLOCKS
-# It might be an operator or a command.
+        var [start: string, middle: string, end: string] = [kwds[0], '', kwds[-1]]
-# To not break the indentation in legacy scripts, we might need to consider such
+        if MODIFIERS->has_key(start->Unshorten())
-# lines as commands.
+            start = $'\%({MODIFIERS[start]}\)\={start}'
-const PLUS_MINUS_COMMAND: string = '^\s*[+-]\s*$'
+        endif
+        if kwds->len() > 2
+            middle = kwds[1 : -2]->join('\|')
+        endif
+        for kwd: string in kwds
+            START_MIDDLE_END->extend({[kwd->Unshorten()]: [start, middle, end]})
+        endfor
+    endfor
+}
+
+START_MIDDLE_END = START_MIDDLE_END
+    ->map((_, kwds: list<string>) =>
+        kwds->map((_, kwd: string) => kwd == ''
+        ? ''
+        : $'\%(^\|{BAR_SEPARATION}\|\<sil\%[ent]\|{HIGHER_ORDER_COMMAND}\)\s*'
+        .. $'\<\%({kwd}\)\>\%(\s*{OPERATOR}\)\@!'))
+
+lockvar! START_MIDDLE_END
 
 # ENDS_BLOCK {{{3
 
 const ENDS_BLOCK: string = '^\s*\%('
-    .. 'en\%[dif]'
+    .. BLOCKS
-    .. '\|' .. 'endfor\='
+    ->copy()
-    .. '\|' .. 'endw\%[hile]'
+    ->map((_, kwds: list<string>): string => kwds[-1])
-    .. '\|' .. 'endt\%[ry]'
+    ->join('\|')
-    .. '\|' .. 'enddef'
-    .. '\|' .. 'endf\%[unction]'
-    .. '\|' .. 'aug\%[roup]\s\+[eE][nN][dD]'
     .. '\|' .. CLOSING_BRACKET
     .. $'\){END_OF_COMMAND}'
 
 # ENDS_BLOCK_OR_CLAUSE {{{3
 
-patterns =<< trim END
+patterns = BLOCKS
-    en\%[dif]
+    ->copy()
-    el\%[se]
+    ->map((_, kwds: list<string>) => kwds[1 :])
-    endfor\=
+    ->flattennew()
-    endw\%[hile]
+    # `catch` and `elseif` need to be handled as special cases
-    endt\%[ry]
+    ->filter((_, pat: string): bool => pat->Unshorten() !~ '^\%(catch\|elseif\)\>')
-    fina\|finally\=
-    enddef
-    endf\%[unction]
-    aug\%[roup]\s\+[eE][nN][dD]
-END
 
 const ENDS_BLOCK_OR_CLAUSE: string = '^\s*\%(' .. patterns->join('\|') .. $'\){END_OF_COMMAND}'
     .. $'\|^\s*cat\%[ch]\%(\s\+\({PATTERN_DELIMITER}\).*\1\)\={END_OF_COMMAND}'
     .. $'\|^\s*elseif\=\>\%({OPERATOR}\)\@!'
 
+# STARTS_NAMED_BLOCK {{{3
+
+patterns = []
+{
+    for kwds: list<string> in BLOCKS
+        for kwd: string in kwds[0 : -2]
+            if MODIFIERS->has_key(kwd->Unshorten())
+                patterns += [$'\%({MODIFIERS[kwd]}\)\={kwd}']
+            else
+                patterns += [kwd]
+            endif
+        endfor
+    endfor
+}
+
+const STARTS_NAMED_BLOCK: string = $'^\s*\%(sil\%[ent]\s\+\)\=\%({patterns->join('\|')}\)\>{NOT_A_DICT_KEY}'
+
 # STARTS_CURLY_BLOCK {{{3
 
 # TODO: `{` alone on a line is not necessarily the start of a block.
@@ -236,70 +310,57 @@ const STARTS_CURLY_BLOCK: string = '\%('
     .. '\|' ..  $'^\%(\s*\|.*{BAR_SEPARATION}\s*\)\%(com\%[mand]\|au\%[tocmd]\).*\zs\s{{'
     .. '\)' .. END_OF_COMMAND
 
-# STARTS_NAMED_BLOCK {{{3
-
-# All of these will be used at the start of a line (or after a bar).
-# NOTE: Don't replace `\%x28` with `(`.{{{
-#
-# Otherwise, the paren would be unbalanced which might cause syntax highlighting
-# issues much  later in the  code of the  current script (sometimes,  the syntax
-# highlighting plugin fails  to correctly recognize a heredoc which  is far away
-# and/or not displayed because inside a fold).
-# }}}
-patterns =<< trim END
-    if
-    el\%[se]
-    elseif\=
-    for
-    wh\%[ile]
-    try
-    cat\%[ch]
-    fina\|finally\=
-    fu\%[nction]\%x28\@!
-    \%(export\s\+\)\=def
-    aug\%[roup]\%(\s\+[eE][nN][dD]\)\@!\s\+\S\+
-END
-const STARTS_NAMED_BLOCK: string = '^\s*\%(sil\%[ent]\s\+\)\=\%(' .. patterns->join('\|') .. '\)\>:\@!'
-
 # STARTS_FUNCTION {{{3
 
-const STARTS_FUNCTION: string = '^\s*\%(export\s\+\)\=def\>:\@!'
+const STARTS_FUNCTION: string = $'^\s*\%({MODIFIERS.def}\)\=def\>{NOT_A_DICT_KEY}'
 
 # ENDS_FUNCTION {{{3
 
-const ENDS_FUNCTION: string = $'^\s*enddef\>:\@!{END_OF_COMMAND}'
+const ENDS_FUNCTION: string = $'^\s*enddef\>{END_OF_COMMAND}'
 
-# START_MIDDLE_END {{{3
+# ASSIGNS_HEREDOC {{{3
 
-const START_MIDDLE_END: dict<list<string>> = {
+const ASSIGNS_HEREDOC: string = $'^\%({COMMENT}\)\@!.*\%({HEREDOC_OPERATOR}\)\s\+\zs[A-Z]\+{END_OF_LINE}'
-    if: ['if', 'el\%[se]\|elseif\=', 'en\%[dif]'],
+
-    else: ['if', 'el\%[se]\|elseif\=', 'en\%[dif]'],
+# PLUS_MINUS_COMMAND {{{3
-    elseif: ['if', 'el\%[se]\|elseif\=', 'en\%[dif]'],
+
-    endif: ['if', 'el\%[se]\|elseif\=', 'en\%[dif]'],
+# In legacy, the `:+` and `:-` commands are not required to be preceded by a colon.
-    for: ['for', '', 'endfor\='],
+# As a result, when `+` or `-` is alone on a line, there is ambiguity.
-    endfor: ['for', '', 'endfor\='],
+# It might be an operator or a command.
-    while: ['wh\%[ile]', '', 'endw\%[hile]'],
+# To not break the indentation in legacy scripts, we might need to consider such
-    endwhile: ['wh\%[ile]', '', 'endw\%[hile]'],
+# lines as commands.
-    try: ['try', 'cat\%[ch]\|fina\|finally\=', 'endt\%[ry]'],
+const PLUS_MINUS_COMMAND: string = '^\s*[+-]\s*$'
-    catch: ['try', 'cat\%[ch]\|fina\|finally\=', 'endt\%[ry]'],
+
-    finally: ['try', 'cat\%[ch]\|fina\|finally\=', 'endt\%[ry]'],
+# TRICKY_COMMANDS {{{3
-    endtry: ['try', 'cat\%[ch]\|fina\|finally\=', 'endt\%[ry]'],
+
-    def: ['\%(export\s\+\)\=def', '', 'enddef'],
+# Some  commands  are tricky  because  they  accept  an  argument which  can  be
-    enddef: ['\%(export\s\+\)\=def', '', 'enddef'],
+# conflated with an operator.  Examples:
-    function: ['fu\%[nction]', '', 'endf\%[unction]'],
+#
-    endfunction: ['fu\%[nction]', '', 'endf\%[unction]'],
+#     argdelete *
-    augroup: ['aug\%[roup]\%(\s\+[eE][nN][dD]\)\@!\s\+\S\+', '', 'aug\%[roup]\s\+[eE][nN][dD]'],
+#     cd -
-}->map((_, kwds: list<string>) =>
+#     normal! ==
-    kwds->map((_, kwd: string) => kwd == ''
+#     nunmap <buffer> (
-    ? ''
+#
-    : $'\%(^\|{BAR_SEPARATION}\|\<sil\%[ent]\|{HIGHER_ORDER_COMMAND}\)\s*'
+# TODO: Other commands might accept operators as argument.  Handle them too.
-    .. $'\%({printf('\C\<\%%(%s\)\>:\@!\%%(\s*%s\)\@!', kwd, OPERATOR)}\)'))
+patterns =<< trim eval END
+    {'\'}<argd\%[elete]\s\+\*\s*$
+    \<[lt]\=cd!\=\s\+-\s*$
+    \<norm\%[al]!\=\s*\S\+$
+    \%(\<sil\%[ent]!\=\s\+\)\=\<[nvxsoilct]\=\%(nore\|un\)map!\=\s
+    {PLUS_MINUS_COMMAND}
+END
+
+const TRICKY_COMMANDS: string = patterns->join('\|')
 # }}}2
 # EOL {{{2
 # OPENING_BRACKET_AT_EOL {{{3
 
 const OPENING_BRACKET_AT_EOL: string = OPENING_BRACKET .. END_OF_VIM9_LINE
 
+# CLOSING_BRACKET_AT_EOL {{{3
+
+const CLOSING_BRACKET_AT_EOL: string = CLOSING_BRACKET .. END_OF_VIM9_LINE
+
 # COMMA_AT_EOL {{{3
 
 const COMMA_AT_EOL: string = $',{END_OF_VIM9_LINE}'
@@ -387,6 +448,7 @@ export def Expr(lnum = v:lnum): number # {{{2
     endif
 
     if line_A->AtStartOf('FuncHeader')
+            && !IsInInterface()
         line_A.lnum->CacheFuncHeader()
     elseif line_A.lnum->IsInside('FuncHeader')
         return b:vimindent.startindent + 2 * shiftwidth()
@@ -425,6 +487,7 @@ export def Expr(lnum = v:lnum): number # {{{2
     if line_A.text->ContinuesBelowBracketBlock(line_B, past_bracket_block)
             && line_A.text !~ CLOSING_BRACKET_AT_SOL
         return past_bracket_block.startindent
+            + (past_bracket_block.startline =~ STARTS_NAMED_BLOCK ? 2 * shiftwidth() : 0)
     endif
 
     # Problem: If we press `==` on the line right below the start of a multiline
@@ -433,6 +496,18 @@ export def Expr(lnum = v:lnum): number # {{{2
     if line_B->EndsWithLambdaArrow()
         return Indent(line_B.lnum) + shiftwidth() + IndentMoreInBracketBlock()
     endif
+    # FIXME: Similar issue here:
+    #
+    #     var x = []
+    #         ->filter((_, _) =>
+    #             true)
+    #         ->items()
+    #
+    # Press `==` on last line.
+    # Expected: The `->items()` line is indented like `->filter(...)`.
+    # Actual: It's indented like `true)`.
+    # Is it worth fixing? `=ip` gives  the correct indentation, because then the
+    # cache is used.
 
     # Don't move this block before the heredoc one.{{{
     #
@@ -531,8 +606,13 @@ def Offset( # {{{2
         line_B: dict<any>,
         ): number
 
+    if line_B->AtStartOf('FuncHeader')
+            && IsInInterface()
+        return 0
+
     # increase indentation inside a block
-    if line_B.text =~ STARTS_NAMED_BLOCK || line_B->EndsWithCurlyBlock()
+    elseif line_B.text =~ STARTS_NAMED_BLOCK
+            || line_B->EndsWithCurlyBlock()
         # But don't indent if the line starting the block also closes it.
         if line_B->AlsoClosesBlock()
             return 0
@@ -802,11 +882,6 @@ def Indent(lnum: number): number # {{{3
     return indent(lnum)
 enddef
 
-def BlockStartKeyword(line: string): string # {{{3
-    var kwd: string = line->matchstr('\l\+')
-    return fullcommand(kwd, false)
-enddef
-
 def MatchingOpenBracket(line: dict<any>): number # {{{3
     var end: string = line.text->matchstr(CLOSING_BRACKET)
     var start: string = {']': '[', '}': '{', ')': '('}[end]
@@ -903,7 +978,8 @@ def SearchPair( # {{{3
     if end == '[' || end == ']'
         e = e->escape('[]')
     endif
-    return searchpair(s, middle, e, flags, (): bool => InCommentOrString(), stopline, TIMEOUT)
+    return searchpair('\C' .. s, (middle == '' ? '' : '\C' .. middle), '\C' .. e,
+        flags, (): bool => InCommentOrString(), stopline, TIMEOUT)
 enddef
 
 def SearchPairStart( # {{{3
@@ -1011,6 +1087,10 @@ def IsInThisBlock(line_A: dict<any>, lnum: number): bool # {{{3
     return line_A.lnum <= end
 enddef
 
+def IsInInterface(): bool # {{{3
+    return SearchPair('interface', '', 'endinterface', 'nW') > 0
+enddef
+
 def IsFirstLineOfCommand(line_1: dict<any>, line_2: dict<any>): bool # {{{3
     if line_1.text->Is_IN_KeywordForLoop(line_2.text)
         return false
@@ -1041,13 +1121,8 @@ def Is_IN_KeywordForLoop(line_1: string, line_2: string): bool # {{{3
 enddef
 
 def InCommentOrString(): bool # {{{3
-    for synID: number in synstack('.', col('.'))
+    return synstack('.', col('.'))
-        if synIDattr(synID, 'name') =~ '\ccomment\|string\|heredoc'
+        ->indexof((_, id: number): bool => synIDattr(id, 'name') =~ '\ccomment\|string\|heredoc') >= 0
-            return true
-        endif
-    endfor
-
-    return false
 enddef
 
 def AlsoClosesBlock(line_B: dict<any>): bool # {{{3
@@ -1091,6 +1166,10 @@ def EndsWithOpeningBracket(line: dict<any>): bool # {{{3
     return NonCommentedMatch(line, OPENING_BRACKET_AT_EOL)
 enddef
 
+def EndsWithClosingBracket(line: dict<any>): bool # {{{3
+    return NonCommentedMatch(line, CLOSING_BRACKET_AT_EOL)
+enddef
+
 def NonCommentedMatch(line: dict<any>, pat: string): bool # {{{3
     # Could happen if there is no code above us, and we're not on the 1st line.
     # In that case, `PrevCodeLine()` returns `{lnum: 0, line: ''}`.
@@ -1098,16 +1177,6 @@ def NonCommentedMatch(line: dict<any>, pat: string): bool # {{{3
         return false
     endif
 
-    if line.text =~ PLUS_MINUS_COMMAND
-        return false
-    endif
-
-    # In `argdelete *`, `*` is not a multiplication operator.
-    # TODO: Other commands can accept `*` as an argument.  Handle them too.
-    if line.text =~ '\<argd\%[elete]\s\+\*\s*$'
-        return false
-    endif
-
     # Technically, that's wrong.  A  line might start with a range  and end with a
     # line continuation symbol.  But it's unlikely.  And it's useful to assume the
     # opposite because it  prevents us from conflating a mark  with an operator or
@@ -1174,24 +1243,7 @@ def NonCommentedMatch(line: dict<any>, pat: string): bool # {{{3
         return false
     endif
 
-    # `:help cd-`
+    if line.text =~ TRICKY_COMMANDS
-    if line.text =~ CD_COMMAND
-        return false
-    endif
-
-    # At the end of a mapping, any character might appear; e.g. a paren:
-    #
-    #     nunmap <buffer> (
-    #
-    # Don't conflate this with a line continuation symbol.
-    if line.text =~ MAPPING_COMMAND
-        return false
-    endif
-
-    #             not a comparison operator
-    #             vv
-    #     normal! ==
-    if line.text =~ NORMAL_COMMAND
         return false
     endif
 

runtime/autoload/python.vim

@@ -22,8 +22,7 @@ let s:maxoff = 50       " maximum number of lines to look backwards for ()
 function s:SearchBracket(fromlnum, flags)
   return searchpairpos('[[({]', '', '[])}]', a:flags,
           \ {-> synstack('.', col('.'))
-          \   ->map({_, id -> id->synIDattr('name')})
+          \ ->indexof({_, id -> synIDattr(id, 'name') =~ '\%(Comment\|Todo\|String\)$'}) >= 0},
-          \   ->match('\%(Comment\|Todo\|String\)$') >= 0},
           \ [0, a:fromlnum - s:maxoff]->max(), g:python_indent.searchpair_timeout)
 endfunction
 
@@ -157,15 +156,13 @@ function python#GetIndent(lnum, ...)
     " the start of the comment.  synID() is slow, a linear search would take
     " too long on a long line.
     if synstack(plnum, pline_len)
-    \ ->map({_, id -> id->synIDattr('name')})
+    \ ->indexof({_, id -> synIDattr(id, 'name') =~ '\%(Comment\|Todo\)$'}) >= 0
-    \ ->match('\%(Comment\|Todo\)$') >= 0
       let min = 1
       let max = pline_len
       while min < max
 	let col = (min + max) / 2
         if synstack(plnum, col)
-        \ ->map({_, id -> id->synIDattr('name')})
+        \ ->indexof({_, id -> synIDattr(id, 'name') =~ '\%(Comment\|Todo\)$'}) >= 0
-        \ ->match('\%(Comment\|Todo\)$') >= 0
 	  let max = col
 	else
 	  let min = col + 1

runtime/autoload/tohtml.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for the tohtml plugin.
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2019 Aug 16
+" Last Change: 2023 Jan 01
 "
 " Additional contributors:
 "
@@ -351,63 +351,65 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
   let s:old_magic = &magic
   set magic
 
-  if s:settings.use_xhtml
-    if s:settings.encoding != ""
-      let xml_line = "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"" . s:settings.encoding . "\"?>"
-    else
-      let xml_line = "<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>"
-    endif
-    let tag_close = ' />'
-  endif
-
-  let style = [s:settings.use_xhtml ? "" : '-->']
-  let body_line = ''
-
   let html = []
-  let s:html5 = 0
+  if !s:settings.no_doc
-  if s:settings.use_xhtml
+    if s:settings.use_xhtml
-    call add(html, xml_line)
+      if s:settings.encoding != ""
-  endif
+	let xml_line = "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"" . s:settings.encoding . "\"?>"
-  if s:settings.use_xhtml
+      else
-    call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\">")
+	let xml_line = "<?xml version=\"1.0\"?>"
-    call add(html, '<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">')
+      endif
-  elseif s:settings.use_css && !s:settings.no_pre
+      let tag_close = ' />'
-    call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE html>")
-    call add(html, '<html>')
-    let s:html5 = 1
-  else
-    call add(html, '<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"')
-    call add(html, '  "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">')
-    call add(html, '<html>')
-  endif
-  call add(html, '<head>')
-
-  " include encoding as close to the top as possible, but only if not already
-  " contained in XML information
-  if s:settings.encoding != "" && !s:settings.use_xhtml
-    if s:html5
-      call add(html, '<meta charset="' . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
-    else
-      call add(html, "<meta http-equiv=\"content-type\" content=\"text/html; charset=" . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
     endif
+
+    let style = [s:settings.use_xhtml ? "" : '-->']
+    let body_line = ''
+
+    let s:html5 = 0
+    if s:settings.use_xhtml
+      call add(html, xml_line)
+    endif
+    if s:settings.use_xhtml
+      call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\">")
+      call add(html, '<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">')
+    elseif s:settings.use_css && !s:settings.no_pre
+      call add(html, "<!DOCTYPE html>")
+      call add(html, '<html>')
+      let s:html5 = 1
+    else
+      call add(html, '<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"')
+      call add(html, '  "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">')
+      call add(html, '<html>')
+    endif
+    call add(html, '<head>')
+
+    " include encoding as close to the top as possible, but only if not already
+    " contained in XML information
+    if s:settings.encoding != "" && !s:settings.use_xhtml
+      if s:html5
+	call add(html, '<meta charset="' . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
+      else
+	call add(html, "<meta http-equiv=\"content-type\" content=\"text/html; charset=" . s:settings.encoding . '"' . tag_close)
+      endif
+    endif
+
+    call add(html, '<title>diff</title>')
+    call add(html, '<meta name="Generator" content="Vim/'.v:version/100.'.'.v:version%100.'"'.tag_close)
+    call add(html, '<meta name="plugin-version" content="'.g:loaded_2html_plugin.'"'.tag_close)
+    call add(html, '<meta name="settings" content="'.
+	  \ join(filter(keys(s:settings),'s:settings[v:val]'),',').
+	  \ ',prevent_copy='.s:settings.prevent_copy.
+	  \ ',use_input_for_pc='.s:settings.use_input_for_pc.
+	  \ '"'.tag_close)
+    call add(html, '<meta name="colorscheme" content="'.
+	  \ (exists('g:colors_name')
+	  \ ? g:colors_name
+	  \ : 'none'). '"'.tag_close)
+
+    call add(html, '</head>')
+    let body_line_num = len(html)
+    call add(html, '<body'.(s:settings.line_ids ? ' onload="JumpToLine();"' : '').'>')
   endif
-
-  call add(html, '<title>diff</title>')
-  call add(html, '<meta name="Generator" content="Vim/'.v:version/100.'.'.v:version%100.'"'.tag_close)
-  call add(html, '<meta name="plugin-version" content="'.g:loaded_2html_plugin.'"'.tag_close)
-  call add(html, '<meta name="settings" content="'.
-	\ join(filter(keys(s:settings),'s:settings[v:val]'),',').
-	\ ',prevent_copy='.s:settings.prevent_copy.
-	\ ',use_input_for_pc='.s:settings.use_input_for_pc.
-	\ '"'.tag_close)
-  call add(html, '<meta name="colorscheme" content="'.
-	\ (exists('g:colors_name')
-	\ ? g:colors_name
-	\ : 'none'). '"'.tag_close)
-
-  call add(html, '</head>')
-  let body_line_num = len(html)
-  call add(html, '<body'.(s:settings.line_ids ? ' onload="JumpToLine();"' : '').'>')
   call add(html, "<table ".(s:settings.use_css? "" : "border='1' width='100%' ")."id='vimCodeElement".s:settings.id_suffix."'>")
 
   call add(html, '<tr>')
@@ -430,47 +432,53 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     " When not using CSS or when using xhtml, the <body> line can be important.
     " Assume it will be the same for all buffers and grab it from the first
     " buffer. Similarly, need to grab the body end line as well.
-    if body_line == ''
+    if !s:settings.no_doc
+      if body_line == ''
+	1
+	call search('<body')
+	let body_line = getline('.')
+	$
+	call search('</body>', 'b')
+	let s:body_end_line = getline('.')
+      endif
+
+      " Grab the style information. Some of this will be duplicated so only insert
+      " it if it's not already there. {{{
       1
-      call search('<body')
+      let style_start = search('^<style\( type="text/css"\)\?>')
-      let body_line = getline('.')
+      1
-      $
+      let style_end = search('^</style>')
-      call search('</body>', 'b')
+      if style_start > 0 && style_end > 0
-      let s:body_end_line = getline('.')
+	let buf_styles = getline(style_start + 1, style_end - 1)
-    endif
+	for a_style in buf_styles
-
+	  if index(style, a_style) == -1
-    " Grab the style information. Some of this will be duplicated so only insert
+	    if diff_style_start == 0
-    " it if it's not already there. {{{
+	      if a_style =~ '\<Diff\(Change\|Text\|Add\|Delete\)'
-    1
+		let diff_style_start = len(style)-1
-    let style_start = search('^<style\( type="text/css"\)\?>')
+	      endif
-    1
-    let style_end = search('^</style>')
-    if style_start > 0 && style_end > 0
-      let buf_styles = getline(style_start + 1, style_end - 1)
-      for a_style in buf_styles
-	if index(style, a_style) == -1
-	  if diff_style_start == 0
-	    if a_style =~ '\<Diff\(Change\|Text\|Add\|Delete\)'
-	      let diff_style_start = len(style)-1
 	    endif
+	    call insert(style, a_style, insert_index)
+	    let insert_index += 1
 	  endif
-	  call insert(style, a_style, insert_index)
+	endfor
-	  let insert_index += 1
+      endif " }}}
-	endif
-      endfor
-    endif " }}}
 
-    " everything new will get added before the diff styles so diff highlight
+      " everything new will get added before the diff styles so diff highlight
-    " properly overrides normal highlight
+      " properly overrides normal highlight
-    if diff_style_start != 0
+      if diff_style_start != 0
-      let insert_index = diff_style_start
+	let insert_index = diff_style_start
+      endif
+
+      " Delete those parts that are not needed so we can include the rest into the
+      " resulting table.
+      1,/^<body.*\%(\n<!--.*-->\_s\+.*id='oneCharWidth'.*\_s\+.*id='oneInputWidth'.*\_s\+.*id='oneEmWidth'\)\?\zs/d_
+      $
+      ?</body>?,$d_
+    elseif !s:settings.no_modeline
+      " remove modeline from source files if it is included and we haven't deleted
+      " due to removing html footer already
+      $d
     endif
-
-    " Delete those parts that are not needed so we can include the rest into the
-    " resulting table.
-    1,/^<body.*\%(\n<!--.*-->\_s\+.*id='oneCharWidth'.*\_s\+.*id='oneInputWidth'.*\_s\+.*id='oneEmWidth'\)\?\zs/d_
-    $
-    ?</body>?,$d_
     let temp = getline(1,'$')
     " clean out id on the main content container because we already set it on
     " the table
@@ -478,7 +486,11 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     " undo deletion of start and end part
     " so we can later save the file as valid html
     " TODO: restore using grabbed lines if undolevel is 1?
-    normal! 2u
+    if !s:settings.no_doc
+      normal! 2u
+    elseif !s:settings.no_modeline
+      normal! u
+    endif
     if s:settings.use_css
       call add(html, '<td><div>')
     elseif s:settings.use_xhtml
@@ -495,17 +507,23 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     quit!
   endfor
 
-  let html[body_line_num] = body_line
+  if !s:settings.no_doc
+    let html[body_line_num] = body_line
+  endif
 
   call add(html, '</tr>')
   call add(html, '</table>')
-  call add(html, s:body_end_line)
+  if !s:settings.no_doc
-  call add(html, '</html>')
+    call add(html, s:body_end_line)
+    call add(html, '</html>')
+  endif
 
   " The generated HTML is admittedly ugly and takes a LONG time to fold.
   " Make sure the user doesn't do syntax folding when loading a generated file,
   " using a modeline.
-  call add(html, '<!-- vim: set foldmethod=manual : -->')
+  if !s:settings.no_modeline
+    call add(html, '<!-- vim: set foldmethod=manual : -->')
+  endif
 
   let i = 1
   let name = "Diff" . (s:settings.use_xhtml ? ".xhtml" : ".html")
@@ -542,129 +560,131 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
 
   call append(0, html)
 
-  if len(style) > 0
+  if !s:settings.no_doc
-    1
+    if len(style) > 0
-    let style_start = search('^</head>')-1
+      1
+      let style_start = search('^</head>')-1
 
-    " add required javascript in reverse order so we can just call append again
+      " add required javascript in reverse order so we can just call append again
-    " and again without adjusting {{{
+      " and again without adjusting {{{
 
-    let s:uses_script = s:settings.dynamic_folds || s:settings.line_ids
+      let s:uses_script = s:settings.dynamic_folds || s:settings.line_ids
 
-    " insert script closing tag if needed
+      " insert script closing tag if needed
-    if s:uses_script
+      if s:uses_script
-      call append(style_start, [
-	    \ '',
-	    \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//]]>' : '-->',
-	    \ "</script>"
-	    \ ])
-    endif
-
-    " insert javascript to get IDs from line numbers, and to open a fold before
-    " jumping to any lines contained therein
-    if s:settings.line_ids
-      call append(style_start, [
-	    \ "  /* Always jump to new location even if the line was hidden inside a fold, or",
-	    \ "   * we corrected the raw number to a line ID.",
-	    \ "   */",
-	    \ "  if (lineElem) {",
-	    \ "    lineElem.scrollIntoView(true);",
-	    \ "  }",
-	    \ "  return true;",
-	    \ "}",
-	    \ "if ('onhashchange' in window) {",
-	    \ "  window.onhashchange = JumpToLine;",
-	    \ "}"
-	    \ ])
-
-      if s:settings.dynamic_folds
 	call append(style_start, [
-	      \ "",
+	      \ '',
-	      \ "  /* navigate upwards in the DOM tree to open all folds containing the line */",
+	      \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//]]>' : '-->',
-	      \ "  var node = lineElem;",
+	      \ "</script>"
-	      \ "  while (node && node.id != 'vimCodeElement".s:settings.id_suffix."')",
-	      \ "  {",
-	      \ "    if (node.className == 'closed-fold')",
-	      \ "    {",
-	      \ "      /* toggle open the fold ID (remove window ID) */",
-	      \ "      toggleFold(node.id.substr(4));",
-	      \ "    }",
-	      \ "    node = node.parentNode;",
-	      \ "  }",
 	      \ ])
       endif
-    endif
 
-    if s:settings.line_ids
+      " insert javascript to get IDs from line numbers, and to open a fold before
-      call append(style_start, [
+      " jumping to any lines contained therein
-	    \ "",
+      if s:settings.line_ids
-	    \ "/* function to open any folds containing a jumped-to line before jumping to it */",
+	call append(style_start, [
-	    \ "function JumpToLine()",
+	      \ "  /* Always jump to new location even if the line was hidden inside a fold, or",
-	    \ "{",
+	      \ "   * we corrected the raw number to a line ID.",
-	    \ "  var lineNum;",
+	      \ "   */",
-	    \ "  lineNum = window.location.hash;",
+	      \ "  if (lineElem) {",
-	    \ "  lineNum = lineNum.substr(1); /* strip off '#' */",
+	      \ "    lineElem.scrollIntoView(true);",
-	    \ "",
+	      \ "  }",
-	    \ "  if (lineNum.indexOf('L') == -1) {",
+	      \ "  return true;",
-	    \ "    lineNum = 'L'+lineNum;",
+	      \ "}",
-	    \ "  }",
+	      \ "if ('onhashchange' in window) {",
-	    \ "  if (lineNum.indexOf('W') == -1) {",
+	      \ "  window.onhashchange = JumpToLine;",
-	    \ "    lineNum = 'W1'+lineNum;",
+	      \ "}"
-	    \ "  }",
+	      \ ])
-	    \ "  var lineElem = document.getElementById(lineNum);"
-	    \ ])
-    endif
 
-    " Insert javascript to toggle matching folds open and closed in all windows,
+	if s:settings.dynamic_folds
-    " if dynamic folding is active.
+	  call append(style_start, [
-    if s:settings.dynamic_folds
+		\ "",
-      call append(style_start, [
+		\ "  /* navigate upwards in the DOM tree to open all folds containing the line */",
-	    \  "  function toggleFold(objID)",
+		\ "  var node = lineElem;",
-	    \  "  {",
+		\ "  while (node && node.id != 'vimCodeElement".s:settings.id_suffix."')",
-	    \  "    for (win_num = 1; win_num <= ".len(a:buf_list)."; win_num++)",
+		\ "  {",
-	    \  "    {",
+		\ "    if (node.className == 'closed-fold')",
-	    \  "      var fold;",
+		\ "    {",
-	    \  '      fold = document.getElementById("win"+win_num+objID);',
+		\ "      /* toggle open the fold ID (remove window ID) */",
-	    \  "      if(fold.className == 'closed-fold')",
+		\ "      toggleFold(node.id.substr(4));",
-	    \  "      {",
+		\ "    }",
-	    \  "        fold.className = 'open-fold';",
+		\ "    node = node.parentNode;",
-	    \  "      }",
+		\ "  }",
-	    \  "      else if (fold.className == 'open-fold')",
+		\ ])
-	    \  "      {",
+	endif
-	    \  "        fold.className = 'closed-fold';",
+      endif
-	    \  "      }",
-	    \  "    }",
-	    \  "  }",
-	    \ ])
-    endif
 
-    if s:uses_script
+      if s:settings.line_ids
-      " insert script tag if needed
+	call append(style_start, [
-      call append(style_start, [
+	      \ "",
-	    \ "<script" . (s:html5 ? "" : " type='text/javascript'") . ">",
+	      \ "/* function to open any folds containing a jumped-to line before jumping to it */",
-	    \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "<!--"])
+	      \ "function JumpToLine()",
-    endif
+	      \ "{",
+	      \ "  var lineNum;",
+	      \ "  lineNum = window.location.hash;",
+	      \ "  lineNum = lineNum.substr(1); /* strip off '#' */",
+	      \ "",
+	      \ "  if (lineNum.indexOf('L') == -1) {",
+	      \ "    lineNum = 'L'+lineNum;",
+	      \ "  }",
+	      \ "  if (lineNum.indexOf('W') == -1) {",
+	      \ "    lineNum = 'W1'+lineNum;",
+	      \ "  }",
+	      \ "  var lineElem = document.getElementById(lineNum);"
+	      \ ])
+      endif
 
-    " Insert styles from all the generated html documents and additional styles
+      " Insert javascript to toggle matching folds open and closed in all windows,
-    " for the table-based layout of the side-by-side diff. The diff should take
+      " if dynamic folding is active.
-    " up the full browser window (but not more), and be static in size,
+      if s:settings.dynamic_folds
-    " horizontally scrollable when the lines are too long. Otherwise, the diff
+	call append(style_start, [
-    " is pretty useless for really long lines. {{{
+	      \  "  function toggleFold(objID)",
-    if s:settings.use_css
+	      \  "  {",
-      call append(style_start,
+	      \  "    for (win_num = 1; win_num <= ".len(a:buf_list)."; win_num++)",
-	    \ ['<style' . (s:html5 ? '' : 'type="text/css"') . '>']+
+	      \  "    {",
-	    \ style+
+	      \  "      var fold;",
-	    \ [ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '<!--',
+	      \  '      fold = document.getElementById("win"+win_num+objID);',
-	    \   'table { table-layout: fixed; }',
+	      \  "      if(fold.className == 'closed-fold')",
-	    \   'html, body, table, tbody { width: 100%; margin: 0; padding: 0; }',
+	      \  "      {",
-	    \   'table, td, th { border: 1px solid; }',
+	      \  "        fold.className = 'open-fold';",
-	    \   'td { vertical-align: top; }',
+	      \  "      }",
-	    \   'th, td { width: '.printf("%.1f",100.0/len(a:win_list)).'%; }',
+	      \  "      else if (fold.className == 'open-fold')",
-	    \   'td div { overflow: auto; }',
+	      \  "      {",
-	    \   s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '-->',
+	      \  "        fold.className = 'closed-fold';",
-	    \   '</style>'
+	      \  "      }",
-	    \])
+	      \  "    }",
-    endif "}}}
+	      \  "  }",
+	      \ ])
+      endif
+
+      if s:uses_script
+	" insert script tag if needed
+	call append(style_start, [
+	      \ "<script" . (s:html5 ? "" : " type='text/javascript'") . ">",
+	      \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "<!--"])
+      endif
+
+      " Insert styles from all the generated html documents and additional styles
+      " for the table-based layout of the side-by-side diff. The diff should take
+      " up the full browser window (but not more), and be static in size,
+      " horizontally scrollable when the lines are too long. Otherwise, the diff
+      " is pretty useless for really long lines. {{{
+      if s:settings.use_css
+	call append(style_start,
+	      \ ['<style' . (s:html5 ? '' : 'type="text/css"') . '>']+
+	      \ style+
+	      \ [ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '<!--',
+	      \   'table { table-layout: fixed; }',
+	      \   'html, body, table, tbody { width: 100%; margin: 0; padding: 0; }',
+	      \   'table, td, th { border: 1px solid; }',
+	      \   'td { vertical-align: top; }',
+	      \   'th, td { width: '.printf("%.1f",100.0/len(a:win_list)).'%; }',
+	      \   'td div { overflow: auto; }',
+	      \   s:settings.use_xhtml ? '' : '-->',
+	      \   '</style>'
+	      \])
+      endif "}}}
+    endif
   endif
 
   let &paste = s:old_paste

runtime/autoload/zig/fmt.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+" Adapted from fatih/vim-go: autoload/go/fmt.vim
+"
+" Copyright 2011 The Go Authors. All rights reserved.
+" Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style
+" license that can be found in the LICENSE file.
+"
+" Upstream: https://github.com/ziglang/zig.vim
+
+function! zig#fmt#Format() abort
+  " Save cursor position and many other things.
+  let view = winsaveview()
+
+  if !executable('zig')
+    echohl Error | echomsg "no zig binary found in PATH" | echohl None
+    return
+  endif
+
+  let cmdline = 'zig fmt --stdin --ast-check'
+  let current_buf = bufnr('')
+
+  " The formatted code is output on stdout, the errors go on stderr.
+  if exists('*systemlist')
+    silent let out = systemlist(cmdline, current_buf)
+  else
+    silent let out = split(system(cmdline, current_buf))
+  endif
+  if len(out) == 1
+    if out[0] == "error: unrecognized parameter: '--ast-check'"
+      let cmdline = 'zig fmt --stdin'
+      if exists('*systemlist')
+        silent let out = systemlist(cmdline, current_buf)
+      else
+        silent let out = split(system(cmdline, current_buf))
+      endif
+    endif
+  endif
+  let err = v:shell_error
+
+
+  if err == 0
+    " remove undo point caused via BufWritePre.
+    try | silent undojoin | catch | endtry
+
+    " Replace the file content with the formatted version.
+    if exists('*deletebufline')
+      call deletebufline(current_buf, len(out), line('$'))
+    else
+      silent execute ':' . len(out) . ',' . line('$') . ' delete _'
+    endif
+    call setline(1, out)
+
+    " No errors detected, close the loclist.
+    call setloclist(0, [], 'r')
+    lclose
+  elseif get(g:, 'zig_fmt_parse_errors', 1)
+    let errors = s:parse_errors(expand('%'), out)
+
+    call setloclist(0, [], 'r', {
+        \ 'title': 'Errors',
+        \ 'items': errors,
+        \ })
+
+    let max_win_height = get(g:, 'zig_fmt_max_window_height', 5)
+    " Prevent the loclist from becoming too long.
+    let win_height = min([max_win_height, len(errors)])
+    " Open the loclist, but only if there's at least one error to show.
+    execute 'silent! lwindow ' . win_height
+  endif
+
+  call winrestview(view)
+
+  if err != 0
+    echohl Error | echomsg "zig fmt returned error" | echohl None
+    return
+  endif
+
+  " Run the syntax highlighter on the updated content and recompute the folds if
+  " needed.
+  syntax sync fromstart
+endfunction
+
+" parse_errors parses the given errors and returns a list of parsed errors
+function! s:parse_errors(filename, lines) abort
+  " list of errors to be put into location list
+  let errors = []
+  for line in a:lines
+    let tokens = matchlist(line, '^\(.\{-}\):\(\d\+\):\(\d\+\)\s*\(.*\)')
+    if !empty(tokens)
+      call add(errors,{
+            \"filename": a:filename,
+            \"lnum":     tokens[2],
+            \"col":      tokens[3],
+            \"text":     tokens[4],
+            \ })
+    endif
+  endfor
+
+  return errors
+endfunction
+" vim: sw=2 ts=2 et

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 22
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Example in Vim9 script: >
 In legacy script: >
    call autocmd_add(#{replace: v:true,
 		    \ group: 'DemoGroup',
-   		    \ event: 'BufEnter',
+		    \ event: 'BufEnter',
 		    \ pattern: '*.txt',
 		    \ cmd: 'call DemoBufEnter()'
 		    \ })
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ If the `:autocmd` is in Vim9 script (a script that starts with `:vim9script`
 and in a `:def` function) then {cmd} will be executed as in Vim9
 script.  Thus this depends on where the autocmd is defined, not where it is
 triggered.
-
+							*:autocmd-block*
 {cmd} can be a block, like with `:command`, see |:command-repl|.  Example: >
 	au BufReadPost *.xml {
 		  setlocal matchpairs+=<:>
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |InsertEnter|		starting Insert mode
 |InsertChange|		when typing <Insert> while in Insert or Replace mode
 |InsertLeave|		when leaving Insert mode
-|InsertLeavePre| 	just before leaving Insert mode
+|InsertLeavePre|	just before leaving Insert mode
 |InsertCharPre|		when a character was typed in Insert mode, before
 			inserting it
 
@@ -611,9 +611,11 @@ CmdlineEnter			After moving the cursor to the command line,
 				where the user can type a command or search
 				string; including non-interactive use of ":"
 				in a mapping, but not when using |<Cmd>|.
+				The pattern is matched against the character
+				representing the type of command-line.
+				|cmdwin-char|
 				<afile> is set to a single character,
 				indicating the type of command-line.
-				|cmdwin-char|
 							*CmdlineLeave*
 CmdlineLeave			Before leaving the command line; including
 				non-interactive use of ":" in a mapping, but

runtime/doc/builtin.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*builtin.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 05
+*builtin.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -211,6 +211,7 @@ getbufline({buf}, {lnum} [, {end}])
 getbufoneline({buf}, {lnum})	String	line {lnum} of buffer {buf}
 getbufvar({buf}, {varname} [, {def}])
 				any	variable {varname} in buffer {buf}
+getcellwidths()			List	get character cell width overrides
 getchangelist([{buf}])		List	list of change list items
 getchar([expr])			Number or String
 					get one character from the user
@@ -265,7 +266,7 @@ gettabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {name} [, {def}])
 gettagstack([{nr}])		Dict	get the tag stack of window {nr}
 gettext({text})			String	lookup translation of {text}
 getwininfo([{winid}])		List	list of info about each window
-getwinpos([{timeout}])		List	X and Y coord in pixels of the Vim window
+getwinpos([{timeout}])		List	X and Y coord in pixels of Vim window
 getwinposx()			Number	X coord in pixels of the Vim window
 getwinposy()			Number	Y coord in pixels of the Vim window
 getwinvar({nr}, {varname} [, {def}])
@@ -381,7 +382,7 @@ matchstrpos({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])
 max({expr})			Number	maximum value of items in {expr}
 menu_info({name} [, {mode}])	Dict	get menu item information
 min({expr})			Number	minimum value of items in {expr}
-mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
+mkdir({name} [, {flags} [, {prot}]])
 				Number	create directory {name}
 mode([expr])			String	current editing mode
 mzeval({expr})			any	evaluate |MzScheme| expression
@@ -666,6 +667,8 @@ test_garbagecollect_soon()	none	free memory soon for testing
 test_getvalue({string})		any	get value of an internal variable
 test_gui_event({event}, {args})	bool	generate a GUI event for testing
 test_ignore_error({expr})	none	ignore a specific error
+test_mswin_event({event}, {args})
+				bool	generate MS-Windows event for testing
 test_null_blob()		Blob	null value for testing
 test_null_channel()		Channel	null value for testing
 test_null_dict()		Dict	null value for testing
@@ -2566,8 +2569,7 @@ extend({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])			*extend()*
 extendnew({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])			*extendnew()*
 		Like |extend()| but instead of adding items to {expr1} a new
 		List or Dictionary is created and returned.  {expr1} remains
-		unchanged.  Items can still be changed by {expr2}, if you
+		unchanged.
-		don't want that use |deepcopy()| first.
 
 
 feedkeys({string} [, {mode}])				*feedkeys()*
@@ -3260,6 +3262,13 @@ getbufvar({buf}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getbufvar()*
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->getbufvar(varname)
 <
+getcellwidths()						*getcellwidths()*
+		Returns a |List| of cell widths of character ranges overridden
+		by |setcellwidths()|.  The format is equal to the argument of
+		|setcellwidths()|.  If no character ranges have their cell
+		widths overridden, an empty List is returned.
+
+
 getchangelist([{buf}])					*getchangelist()*
 		Returns the |changelist| for the buffer {buf}. For the use
 		of {buf}, see |bufname()| above. If buffer {buf} doesn't
@@ -3518,6 +3527,7 @@ getcompletion({pat}, {type} [, {filtered}])		*getcompletion()*
 		messages	|:messages| suboptions
 		option		options
 		packadd		optional package |pack-add| names
+		runtime		|:runtime| completion
 		scriptnames	sourced script names |:scriptnames|
 		shellcmd	Shell command
 		sign		|:sign| suboptions
@@ -4135,7 +4145,7 @@ getscriptinfo([{opts})					*getscriptinfo()*
 				this script name links to, if any, otherwise
 				zero
 		    variables   A dictionary with the script-local variables.
-				Present only when the a particular script is
+				Present only when a particular script is
 				specified using the "sid" item in {opts}.
 				Note that this is a copy, the value of
 				script-local variables cannot be changed using
@@ -6250,17 +6260,20 @@ min({expr})	Return the minimum value of all items in {expr}. Example:  >
 			mylist->min()
 
 <							*mkdir()* *E739*
-mkdir({name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
+mkdir({name} [, {flags} [, {prot}]])
 		Create directory {name}.
 
-		If {path} contains "p" then intermediate directories are
+		When {flags} is present it must be a string.  An empty string
-		created as necessary.  Otherwise it must be "".
+		has no effect.
 
-		If {path} contains "D" then {name} is deleted at the end of
+		If {flags} contains "p" then intermediate directories are
+		created as necessary.
+
+		If {flags} contains "D" then {name} is deleted at the end of
 		the current function, as with: >
 			defer delete({name}, 'd')
 <
-		If {path} contains "R" then {name} is deleted recursively at
+		If {flags} contains "R" then {name} is deleted recursively at
 		the end of the current function, as with: >
 			defer delete({name}, 'rf')
 <		Note that when {name} has more than one part and "p" is used
@@ -7947,7 +7960,7 @@ setcellwidths({list})					*setcellwidths()*
 		terminal, counted in screen cells.  The values override
 		'ambiwidth'.  Example: >
 		   call setcellwidths([
-		   		\ [0x111, 0x111, 1],
+				\ [0x111, 0x111, 1],
 				\ [0x2194, 0x2199, 2],
 				\ ])
 
@@ -7956,12 +7969,12 @@ setcellwidths({list})					*setcellwidths()*
 		{low} and {high} can be the same, in which case this refers to
 		one character.  Otherwise it is the range of characters from
 		{low} to {high} (inclusive).		*E1111* *E1114*
-		Only characters with value 0x100 and higher can be used.
+		Only characters with value 0x80 and higher can be used.
 
 		{width} must be either 1 or 2, indicating the character width
 		in screen cells.			*E1112*
 		An error is given if the argument is invalid, also when a
-		range overlaps with another. 		*E1113*
+		range overlaps with another.		*E1113*
 
 		If the new value causes 'fillchars' or 'listchars' to become
 		invalid it is rejected and an error is given.
@@ -9111,6 +9124,8 @@ string({expr})	Return {expr} converted to a String.  If {expr} is a Number,
 			Blob		0z00112233.44556677.8899
 			List		[item, item]
 			Dictionary	{key: value, key: value}
+			Class		class SomeName
+			Object		object of SomeName {lnum: 1, col: 3}
 
 		When a |List| or |Dictionary| has a recursive reference it is
 		replaced by "[...]" or "{...}".  Using eval() on the result
@@ -9795,6 +9810,8 @@ timer_start({time}, {callback} [, {options}])
 		{time} is the waiting time in milliseconds. This is the
 		minimum time before invoking the callback.  When the system is
 		busy or Vim is not waiting for input the time will be longer.
+		Zero can be used to execute the callback when Vim is back in
+		the main loop.
 
 		{callback} is the function to call.  It can be the name of a
 		function or a |Funcref|.  It is called with one argument, which
@@ -9943,6 +9960,8 @@ type({expr})	The result is a Number representing the type of {expr}.
 			Job:	    8  |v:t_job|
 			Channel:    9  |v:t_channel|
 			Blob:	   10  |v:t_blob|
+			Class	   12  |v:t_class|
+			Object	   13  |v:t_object|
 		For backward compatibility, this method can be used: >
 			:if type(myvar) == type(0)
 			:if type(myvar) == type("")
@@ -9963,7 +9982,7 @@ typename({expr})					*typename()*
 		Return a string representation of the type of {expr}.
 		Example: >
 			echo typename([1, 2, 3])
-			list<number>
+<			list<number> ~
 
 
 undofile({name})					*undofile()*
@@ -10536,7 +10555,7 @@ writefile({object}, {fname} [, {flags}])
 <
 		'D'  Delete the file when the current function ends.  This
 		     works like: >
-		     	:defer delete({fname})
+			:defer delete({fname})
 <		     Fails when not in a function.  Also see |:defer|.
 
 		's'  fsync() is called after writing the file.  This flushes

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 20
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -296,7 +296,9 @@ gr{char}		Replace the virtual characters under the cursor with
 			{char}.  This replaces in screen space, not file
 			space.  See |gR| and |Virtual-Replace-mode| for more
 			details.  As with |r| a count may be given.
-			{char} can be entered like with |r|.
+			{char} can be entered like with |r|, but characters
+			that have a special meaning in Insert mode, such as
+			most CTRL-keys, cannot be used.
 
 						*digraph-arg*
 The argument for Normal mode commands like |r| and |t| is a single character.
@@ -1033,7 +1035,7 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 <			to display registers '1' and 'a'.  Spaces are allowed
 			in {arg}.
 
-							*:di* *:display*
+							*:di* *:dis* *:display*
 :di[splay] [arg]	Same as :registers.
 
 							*y* *yank*

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 11
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -617,6 +617,7 @@ followed by another Vim command:
     :read !
     :scscope
     :sign
+    :tabdo
     :tcl
     :tcldo
     :tclfile

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 01
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Jan 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ file for a moment and come back to the same file and be in diff mode again.
 		buffers.
 
 The `:diffoff` command resets the relevant options to the values they had when
-using `:diffsplit`, `:diffpatch` , `:diffthis`. or starting Vim in diff mode.
+using `:diffsplit`, `:diffpatch`, `:diffthis`. or starting Vim in diff mode.
 When using `:diffoff` twice the last saved values are restored.
 Otherwise they are set to their default value:
 
@@ -148,6 +148,10 @@ Otherwise they are set to their default value:
 	'foldmethod'	"manual"
 	'foldcolumn'	0
 
+'foldenable' will most-likely be reset to off.  That is when 'foldmethod' is
+is restored to "manual".  The folds themselves are not cleared but they should
+not show up, resetting 'foldenable' is the best way to do that.
+
 ==============================================================================
 2. Viewing diffs						*view-diffs*
 
@@ -177,7 +181,7 @@ possible to view the changes you have made to a buffer since the file was
 loaded.  Since Vim doesn't allow having two buffers for the same file, you
 need another buffer.  This command is useful: >
 	 command DiffOrig vert new | set bt=nofile | r ++edit # | 0d_
-	 	\ | diffthis | wincmd p | diffthis
+		\ | diffthis | wincmd p | diffthis
 (this is in |defaults.vim|).  Use ":DiffOrig" to see the differences between
 the current buffer and the file it was loaded from.
 

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 03
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -163,9 +163,10 @@ Note that " " and "0" are also non-empty strings, thus considered to be TRUE.
 A List, Dictionary or Float is not a Number or String, thus evaluate to FALSE.
 
 		*E611* *E745* *E728* *E703* *E729* *E730* *E731* *E908* *E910*
-		*E913* *E974* *E975* *E976*
+		*E913* *E974* *E975* *E976* *E1319* *E1320* *E1321* *E1322*
-|List|, |Dictionary|, |Funcref|, |Job|, |Channel| and |Blob| types are not
+		*E1323* *E1324*
-automatically converted.
+|List|, |Dictionary|, |Funcref|, |Job|, |Channel|, |Blob|, |Class| and
+|object| types are not automatically converted.
 
 							*E805* *E806* *E808*
 When mixing Number and Float the Number is converted to Float.  Otherwise
@@ -1371,7 +1372,7 @@ Note that the dot is also used for String concatenation.  To avoid confusion
 always put spaces around the dot for String concatenation.
 
 
-expr10(expr1, ...)	|Funcref| function call  	*E1085*
+expr10(expr1, ...)	|Funcref| function call		*E1085*
 
 When expr10 is a |Funcref| type variable, invoke the function it refers to.
 
@@ -1653,7 +1654,7 @@ See below |functions|.
 
 lambda expression				*expr-lambda* *lambda*
 -----------------
-{args -> expr1}		legacy lambda expression 		*E451*
+{args -> expr1}		legacy lambda expression		*E451*
 (args) => expr1		|Vim9| lambda expression
 
 A lambda expression creates a new unnamed function which returns the result of
@@ -2503,6 +2504,10 @@ v:t_number	Value of |Number| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
 v:t_string	Value of |String| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
 					*v:t_blob* *t_blob-variable*
 v:t_blob	Value of |Blob| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
+					*v:t_class* *t_class-variable*
+v:t_class	Value of |class| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
+					*v:t_object* *t_object-variable*
+v:t_object	Value of |object| type.  Read-only.  See: |type()|
 
 				*v:termresponse* *termresponse-variable*
 v:termresponse	The escape sequence returned by the terminal for the |t_RV|
@@ -2969,6 +2974,8 @@ text...
 			deleted when the script ends).  Function-local
 			variables are automatically deleted when the function
 			ends.
+			In |Vim9| script variables declared in a function or
+			script cannot be removed.
 
 :unl[et] ${env-name} ...			*:unlet-environment* *:unlet-$*
 			Remove environment variable {env-name}.
@@ -4574,10 +4581,10 @@ The input is in the variable "line", the results in the variables "file",
 
 getting the scriptnames in a Dictionary ~
 						*scriptnames-dictionary*
-The |:scriptnames| command can be used to get a list of all script files that
+The `:scriptnames` command can be used to get a list of all script files that
-have been sourced.  There is no equivalent function or variable for this
+have been sourced.  There is also the `getscriptinfo()` function, but the
-(because it's rarely needed).  In case you need to manipulate the list this
+information returned is not exactly the same.  In case you need to manipulate
-code can be used: >
+the output of `scriptnames` this code can be used: >
     " Get the output of ":scriptnames" in the scriptnames_output variable.
     let scriptnames_output = ''
     redir => scriptnames_output

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Apr 09
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -679,7 +679,10 @@ MARKDOWN                                                *ft-markdown-plugin*
 
 To enable folding use this: >
 	let g:markdown_folding = 1
-<
+
+'expandtab' will be set by default.  If you do not want that use this: >
+	let g:markdown_recommended_style = 0
+
 
 PDF							*ft-pdf-plugin*
 

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*fold.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 26
+*fold.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Jan 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ non-matching marker pairs.  Example: >
 
 	/* funcB() {{{2 */
 	void funcB() {}
-
+<							*{{{* *}}}*
 A fold starts at a "{{{" marker.  The following number specifies the fold
 level.  What happens depends on the difference between the current fold level
 and the level given by the marker:

runtime/doc/ft_context.txt

@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ typesetting command. That must be a function that takes a path and returns the
 command as a List. For example:
 >
 	def ConTeXtCustomCommand(path: string): list<string>
-	  return ['mtxrun', '--script', 'context', '--nonstopmode, path]
+	  return ['mtxrun', '--script', 'context', '--nonstopmode', path]
 	enddef
 
 	context.ConTeXtTypeset("%", v:none, ConTeXtCustomCommand)

runtime/doc/ft_mp.txt

@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ METAFONT buffers, and it is set to 0 by default in MetaPost buffers.
 Define additional keywords that end indented blocks. For instance, if you
 define:
 >
-	g:mp_end_tag = ['\<endfoo\>']
+	g:mp_close_tag = ['\<endfoo\>']
 <
 any line starting with `endfoo` will be de-indented compared to its previous
 line.

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 17
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -95,11 +95,11 @@ terminal version.
 
 Recommended place for your personal GUI initializations:
 	Unix		    $HOME/.gvimrc or $HOME/.vim/gvimrc
-	Win32    	    $HOME/_gvimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/gvimrc
+	Win32		    $HOME/_gvimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/gvimrc
 			    or $VIM/_gvimrc
 	Amiga		    s:.gvimrc, home:.gvimrc, home:vimfiles:gvimrc
 			    or $VIM/.gvimrc
-	Haiku	            $HOME/config/settings/vim/gvimrc
+	Haiku		    $HOME/config/settings/vim/gvimrc
 
 The personal initialization files are searched in the order specified above
 and only the first one that is found is read.
@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ Example for debugger tools: >
 	nnoremenu 1.20 WinBar.Next :Next<CR>
 	nnoremenu 1.30 WinBar.Finish :Finish<CR>
 	nnoremenu 1.40 WinBar.Cont :Continue<CR>
-<
+<					*hl-ToolbarLine* *hl-ToolbarButton*
 The window toolbar uses the ToolbarLine and ToolbarButton highlight groups.
 
 When splitting the window the window toolbar is not copied to the new window.
@@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@ When 'guifont' is set and a valid font is found in it and 'guifontwide' is
 empty Vim will attempt to find a matching double-width font and set
 'guifontwide' to it.
 
-GTK+ GUI only:  		    	*guifontwide_gtk*
+GTK+ GUI only:				*guifontwide_gtk*
 
 If set and valid, 'guifontwide' is always used for double width characters,
 even if 'encoding' is not set to "utf-8".

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Vim's Win32 Graphical User Interface			*gui-w32* *win32-gui*
 
 Other relevant documentation:
 |gui.txt|	For generic items of the GUI.
-|os_win32.txt| 	For Win32 specific items.
+|os_win32.txt|	For Win32 specific items.
 
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Help on help files					*helphelp*
 			find a tag in a file with the same language as the
 			current file.  See |help-translated|.
 
-						 	*:helpc* *:helpclose*
+							*:helpc* *:helpclose*
 :helpc[lose]		Close one help window, if there is one.
 			Vim will try to restore the window layout (including
 			cursor position) to the same layout it was before

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ You can test what Python version is available with: >
 	if has('python')
 	  echo 'there is Python 2.x'
 	endif
-  	if has('python3')
+	if has('python3')
 	  echo 'there is Python 3.x'
 	endif
 
@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ python support: >
 	    echo 'Python 2.x dynamically loaded'
 	  endif
 	endif
-  	if has('python3_compiled')
+	if has('python3_compiled')
 	  echo 'compiled with Python 3.x support'
 	  if has('python3_dynamic')
 	    echo 'Python 3.x dynamically loaded'

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Oct 15
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Jan 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |CTRL-\_CTRL-N|	CTRL-\ CTRL-N	   go to Normal mode (no-op)
 |CTRL-\_CTRL-G|	CTRL-\ CTRL-G	   go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
 		CTRL-\ a - z	   reserved for extensions
-		CTRL-\ others      not used
+		CTRL-\ others	   not used
 |CTRL-]|	CTRL-]		   :ta to ident under cursor
 |CTRL-^|	CTRL-^		   edit Nth alternate file (equivalent to
 				   ":e #N")
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				2  filter Nmove text through the {filter}
 				   command
 |!!|		!!{filter}	2  filter N lines through the {filter} command
-|quote|		"{register}  	   use {register} for next delete, yank or put
+|quote|		"{register}	   use {register} for next delete, yank or put
 				   ({.%#:} only work with put)
 |#|		#		1  search backward for the Nth occurrence of
 				   the ident under the cursor
@@ -1239,6 +1239,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:checkpath|	:che[ckpath]	list included files
 |:checktime|	:checkt[ime]	check timestamp of loaded buffers
 |:chistory|	:chi[story]	list the error lists
+|:class|	:class		start of a class specification
 |:clast|	:cla[st]	go to the specified error, default last one
 |:clearjumps|	:cle[arjumps]	clear the jump list
 |:clist|	:cl[ist]	list all errors
@@ -1313,6 +1314,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:else|		:el[se]		part of an :if command
 |:elseif|	:elsei[f]	part of an :if command
 |:emenu|	:em[enu]	execute a menu by name
+|:endclass|	:endclass	end of a class specification
 |:enddef|	:enddef		end of a user function started with :def
 |:endif|	:en[dif]	end previous :if
 |:endfor|	:endfo[r]	end previous :for
@@ -1529,6 +1531,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:ptprevious|	:ptp[revious]	|:tprevious| in preview window
 |:ptrewind|	:ptr[ewind]	|:trewind| in preview window
 |:ptselect|	:pts[elect]	|:tselect| and show tag in preview window
+|:public|	:public		prefix for a class or object member
 |:put|		:pu[t]		insert contents of register in the text
 |:pwd|		:pw[d]		print current directory
 |:py3|		:py3		execute Python 3 command
@@ -1639,6 +1642,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:startinsert|	:star[tinsert]	start Insert mode
 |:startgreplace|  :startg[replace] start Virtual Replace mode
 |:startreplace|	:startr[eplace]	start Replace mode
+|:static|	:static		prefix for a class member or function
 |:stopinsert|	:stopi[nsert]	stop Insert mode
 |:stjump|	:stj[ump]	do ":tjump" and split window
 |:stselect|	:sts[elect]	do ":tselect" and split window

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -877,7 +877,7 @@ Groß): >
 
     func Thesaur(findstart, base)
       if a:findstart
-    	return searchpos('\<', 'bnW', line('.'))[1] - 1
+	return searchpos('\<', 'bnW', line('.'))[1] - 1
       endif
       let res = []
       let h = ''
@@ -1118,8 +1118,8 @@ cursor column will be replaced with the matches.  If the returned value is
 larger than the cursor column, the cursor column is used.
 
 Negative return values:
-   -2 	To cancel silently and stay in completion mode.
+   -2	To cancel silently and stay in completion mode.
-   -3 	To cancel silently and leave completion mode.
+   -3	To cancel silently and leave completion mode.
    Another negative value: completion starts at the cursor column
 
 On the second invocation the arguments are:
@@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ items:
 			item with the same word is already present.
 	empty		when non-zero this match will be added even when it is
 			an empty string
-	user_data 	custom data which is associated with the item and
+	user_data	custom data which is associated with the item and
 			available in |v:completed_item|; it can be any type;
 			defaults to an empty string
 

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 01
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -20,9 +20,10 @@ manual.
    1.8 Examples					|map-examples|
    1.9 Using mappings				|map-typing|
    1.10 Mapping alt-keys			|:map-alt-keys|
-   1.11 Mapping in modifyOtherKeys mode		|modifyOtherKeys|
+   1.11 Mapping meta-keys			|:map-meta-keys|
-   1.12 Mapping with Kitty keyboard protocol	|kitty-keyboard-protocol|
+   1.12 Mapping in modifyOtherKeys mode		|modifyOtherKeys|
-   1.13 Mapping an operator			|:map-operator|
+   1.13 Mapping with Kitty keyboard protocol	|kitty-keyboard-protocol|
+   1.14 Mapping an operator			|:map-operator|
 2. Abbreviations		|abbreviations|
 3. Local mappings and functions	|script-local|
 4. User-defined commands	|user-commands|
@@ -777,8 +778,8 @@ To avoid mapping of the characters you type in insert or Command-line mode,
 type a CTRL-V first.  The mapping in Insert mode is disabled if the 'paste'
 option is on.
 							*map-error*
-Note that when an error is encountered (that causes an error message or beep)
+Note that when an error is encountered (that causes an error message or might
-the rest of the mapping is not executed.  This is Vi-compatible.
+cause a beep) the rest of the mapping is not executed.  This is Vi-compatible.
 
 Note that the second character (argument) of the commands @zZtTfF[]rm'`"v
 and CTRL-X is not mapped.  This was done to be able to use all the named
@@ -794,8 +795,8 @@ otherwise you would not be able to use those commands anymore.  Here are a few
 suggestions:
 - Function keys <F2>, <F3>, etc..  Also the shifted function keys <S-F1>,
   <S-F2>, etc.  Note that <F1> is already used for the help command.
-- Meta-keys (with the ALT key pressed).  Depending on your keyboard accented
+- Any key with the Alt or Meta key pressed.  Depending on your keyboard
-  characters may be used as well. |:map-alt-keys|
+  accented characters may be used as well. |:map-alt-keys|
 - Use the '_' or ',' character and then any other character.  The "_" and ","
   commands do exist in Vim (see |_| and |,|), but you probably never use them.
 - Use a key that is a synonym for another command.  For example: CTRL-P and
@@ -844,7 +845,7 @@ option).  After that it assumes that the 'q' is to be interpreted as such.  If
 you type slowly, or your system is slow, reset the 'timeout' option.  Then you
 might want to set the 'ttimeout' option.
 
-			      				*map-precedence*
+							*map-precedence*
 Buffer-local mappings (defined using |:map-<buffer>|) take precedence over
 global mappings.  When a buffer-local mapping is the same as a global mapping,
 Vim will use the buffer-local mapping.  In addition, Vim will use a complete
@@ -922,12 +923,19 @@ in the original Vi, you would get back the text before the first undo).
 
 1.10 MAPPING ALT-KEYS					*:map-alt-keys*
 
+For a readable mapping command the <A-k> form can be used.  Note that <A-k>
+and <A-K> are different, the latter will use an upper case letter.  Actually,
+<A-K> and <A-S-K> are the same.  Instead of "A" you can use "M".  If you have
+an actual Meta modifier key, please see |:map-meta-keys|.
+
 In the GUI Vim handles the Alt key itself, thus mapping keys with ALT should
 always work.  But in a terminal Vim gets a sequence of bytes and has to figure
 out whether ALT was pressed or not.
 
 If the terminal supports the modifyOtherKeys mode and it has been enabled,
 then Vim can recognize more key combinations, see |modifyOtherKeys| below.
+The Kitty keyboard protocol works in a similar way, see
+|kitty-keyboard-protocol|.
 
 By default Vim assumes that pressing the ALT key sets the 8th bit of a typed
 character.  Most decent terminals can work that way, such as xterm, aterm and
@@ -966,7 +974,21 @@ on the terminal; that's a good last resource in case you want to send ESC when
 using other applications but not when inside Vim.
 
 
-1.11 MAPPING IN modifyOtherKeys mode			*modifyOtherKeys*
+1.11 MAPPING META-KEYS					*:map-meta-keys*
+
+Mapping keys with the Meta modifier works very similar to using the Alt key.
+What key on your keyboard produces the Meta modifier depends on your keyboard
+and configuration.
+
+Note that mapping <M-a> actually is for using the Alt key.  That can be
+confusing!  It cannot be changed, it would not be backwards compatible.
+
+For the Meta modifier the "T" character is used.  For example, to map Meta-b
+in Insert mode: >
+	:imap <T-b> terrible
+
+
+1.12 MAPPING IN modifyOtherKeys mode			*modifyOtherKeys*
 
 Xterm and a few other terminals can be put in a mode where keys with modifiers
 are sent with a special escape code.  Vim recognizes these codes and can then
@@ -1028,7 +1050,7 @@ When the 'esckeys' option is off, then modifyOtherKeys will be disabled in
 Insert mode to avoid every key with a modifier causing Insert mode to end.
 
 
-1.12 MAPPING WITH KITTY KEYBOARD PROTOCOL	 *kitty-keyboard-protocol*
+1.13 MAPPING WITH KITTY KEYBOARD PROTOCOL	 *kitty-keyboard-protocol*
 
 If the value of 'term' contains "kitty" then Vim will send out an escape
 sequence to enable the Kitty keyboard protocol.  This can be changed with the
@@ -1051,11 +1073,11 @@ translated).  The meaning of {value}:
 	On		protocol is used
 	Disabled	protocol was used but expected to have been disabled
 			by 't_TE'
-	Cleared		protocol expected to have beeen disabled by 't_TE',
+	Cleared		protocol expected to have been disabled by 't_TE',
 			previous state is unknown
 
 
-1.13 MAPPING AN OPERATOR				*:map-operator*
+1.14 MAPPING AN OPERATOR				*:map-operator*
 
 An operator is used before a {motion} command.  To define your own operator
 you must create a mapping that first sets the 'operatorfunc' option and then
@@ -1195,7 +1217,7 @@ non-id	  The "non-id" type ends in a non-keyword character, the other
 Examples of strings that cannot be abbreviations: "a.b", "#def", "a b", "_$r"
 
 An abbreviation is only recognized when you type a non-keyword character.
-This can also be the <Esc> that ends insert mode or the <CR> that ends a
+This can also be the <Esc> that ends Insert mode or the <CR> that ends a
 command.  The non-keyword character which ends the abbreviation is inserted
 after the expanded abbreviation.  An exception to this is the character <C-]>,
 which is used to expand an abbreviation without inserting any extra
@@ -1399,12 +1421,13 @@ this, they can be made local to the script.
 
 						*<SID>* *<SNR>* *E81*
 The string "<SID>" can be used in a mapping or menu.  This requires that the
-'<' flag is not present in 'cpoptions'.
+'<' flag is not present in 'cpoptions'.  This is useful if you have a
+script-local function that you want to call from a mapping in the same script.
    When executing the map command, Vim will replace "<SID>" with the special
 key code <SNR>, followed by a number that's unique for the script, and an
 underscore.  Example: >
 	:map <SID>Add
-could define a mapping "<SNR>23_Add".
+would define a mapping "<SNR>23_Add".
 
 When defining a function in a script, "s:" can be prepended to the name to
 make it local to the script (in |Vim9| script functions without a prefix are
@@ -1706,7 +1729,7 @@ by default correspond to the current line, last line and the whole buffer,
 relate to arguments, (loaded) buffers, windows or tab pages.
 
 Possible values are (second column is the short name used in listing):
-    -addr=lines		  	Range of lines (this is the default for -range)
+    -addr=lines			Range of lines (this is the default for -range)
     -addr=arguments	  arg	Range for arguments
     -addr=buffers	  buf	Range for buffers (also not loaded buffers)
     -addr=loaded_buffers  load	Range for loaded buffers

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 30
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -34,6 +34,8 @@ achieve special effects.  These options come in three forms:
 			key codes are not shown, because they are generated
 			internally and can't be changed.  Changing the terminal
 			codes in the GUI is not useful either...
+			The options have the form t_AB, see
+			|terminal-options|.
 
 :se[t]! termcap		Idem, but don't use multiple columns.
 
@@ -1249,7 +1251,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		\ ' on word "' .. v:beval_text .. '"'
     endfunction
     set bexpr=MyBalloonExpr()
-    set ballooneval
+    set ballooneval balloonevalterm
 <
 	Also see |balloon_show()|, it can be used if the content of the balloon
 	is to be fetched asynchronously.  In that case evaluating
@@ -1545,7 +1547,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			case mapping, the current locale is not effective.
 			This probably only matters for Turkish.
 
-						*'cdhome'* *'cdh'*
+				*'cdhome'* *'cdh'* *'nocdhome'* *'nocdh'*
 'cdhome' 'cdh'		boolean	(default: off)
 			global
 	When on, |:cd|, |:tcd| and |:lcd| without an argument changes the
@@ -1897,7 +1899,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	'allowrevins'	+ off		no CTRL-_ command
 	'antialias'	+ off		don't use antialiased fonts
-	'arabic'	+ off	 	reset arabic-related options
+	'arabic'	+ off		reset arabic-related options
 	'arabicshape'	+ on		correct character shapes
 	'backspace'	+ ""		normal backspace
 	'backup'	+ off		no backup file
@@ -4936,6 +4938,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			    CSI ?u	request kitty keyboard protocol state
 			    CSI >c	request the termresponse
 
+	If you notice problems, such as characters being displayed that
+	disappear after `CTRL-L`, you might want to try making this option
+	empty.  Then set the 'term' option to have it take effect: >
+		set keyprotocol=
+		let &term = &term
+<
 
 					*'keywordprg'* *'kp'*
 'keywordprg' 'kp'	string	(default "man" or "man -s",  DOS: ":help",
@@ -5193,8 +5201,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			are left blank.
 							*lcs-multispace*
 	  multispace:c...
-	 		One or more characters to use cyclically to show for
+			One or more characters to use cyclically to show for
-	 		multiple consecutive spaces.  Overrides the "space"
+			multiple consecutive spaces.  Overrides the "space"
 			setting, except for single spaces.  When omitted, the
 			"space" setting is used.  For example,
 			`:set listchars=multispace:---+` shows ten consecutive
@@ -5657,7 +5665,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	The 'mousemodel' option is set by the |:behave| command.
 
-						*'mousemoveevent'* *'mousemev'*
+	      *'mousemoveevent'* *'mousemev'* *'nomousemoveevent'* *'nomousemev'*
 'mousemoveevent' 'mousemev'  boolean	(default off)
 			global
 			{only works in the GUI}
@@ -7112,51 +7120,55 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'shortmess'* *'shm'*
 'shortmess' 'shm'	string	(Vim default "filnxtToOS", Vi default: "S",
 							POSIX default: "AS")
-			global
+			global					*E1336*
 	This option helps to avoid all the |hit-enter| prompts caused by file
 	messages, for example  with CTRL-G, and to avoid some other messages.
 	It is a list of flags:
 	 flag	meaning when present	~
-	  f	use "(3 of 5)" instead of "(file 3 of 5)"
+	  f	use "(3 of 5)" instead of "(file 3 of 5)"		*shm-f*
-	  i	use "[noeol]" instead of "[Incomplete last line]"
+	  i	use "[noeol]" instead of "[Incomplete last line]"	*shm-i*
-	  l	use "999L, 888B" instead of "999 lines, 888 bytes"
+	  l	use "999L, 888B" instead of "999 lines, 888 bytes"	*shm-l*
-	  m	use "[+]" instead of "[Modified]"
+	  m	use "[+]" instead of "[Modified]"			*shm-m*
-	  n	use "[New]" instead of "[New File]"
+	  n	use "[New]" instead of "[New File]"			*shm-n*
-	  r	use "[RO]" instead of "[readonly]"
+	  r	use "[RO]" instead of "[readonly]"			*shm-r*
-	  w	use "[w]" instead of "written" for file write message
+	  w	use "[w]" instead of "written" for file write message	*shm-w*
 		and "[a]" instead of "appended" for ':w >> file' command
-	  x	use "[dos]" instead of "[dos format]", "[unix]" instead of
+	  x	use "[dos]" instead of "[dos format]", "[unix]"		*shm-x*
-		"[unix format]" and "[mac]" instead of "[mac format]".
+		instead of "[unix format]" and "[mac]" instead of "[mac
-	  a	all of the above abbreviations
+		format]"
+	  a	all of the above abbreviations				*shm-a*
 
-	  o	overwrite message for writing a file with subsequent message
+	  o	overwrite message for writing a file with subsequent	*shm-o*
-		for reading a file (useful for ":wn" or when 'autowrite' on)
+		message for reading a file (useful for ":wn" or when
-	  O	message for reading a file overwrites any previous message.
+		'autowrite' on)
-		Also for quickfix message (e.g., ":cn").
+	  O	message for reading a file overwrites any previous	*shm-O*
-	  s	don't give "search hit BOTTOM, continuing at TOP" or "search
+		message;  also for quickfix message (e.g., ":cn")
-		hit TOP, continuing at BOTTOM" messages; when using the search
+	  s	don't give "search hit BOTTOM, continuing at TOP" or	*shm-s*
-		count do not show "W" after the count message (see S below)
+		"search hit TOP, continuing at BOTTOM" messages; when using
-	  t	truncate file message at the start if it is too long to fit
+		the search count do not show "W" after the count message (see
-		on the command-line, "<" will appear in the left most column.
+		S below)
-		Ignored in Ex mode.
+	  t	truncate file message at the start if it is too long	*shm-t*
-	  T	truncate other messages in the middle if they are too long to
+		to fit on the command-line, "<" will appear in the left most
-		fit on the command line.  "..." will appear in the middle.
+		column; ignored in Ex mode
-		Ignored in Ex mode.
+	  T	truncate other messages in the middle if they are too	*shm-T*
-	  W	don't give "written" or "[w]" when writing a file
+		long to fit on the command line; "..." will appear in the
-	  A	don't give the "ATTENTION" message when an existing swap file
+		middle; ignored in Ex mode
-		is found.
+	  W	don't give "written" or "[w]" when writing a file	*shm-W*
-	  I	don't give the intro message when starting Vim |:intro|.
+	  A	don't give the "ATTENTION" message when an existing	*shm-A*
-	  c	don't give |ins-completion-menu| messages.  For example,
+		swap file is found
-		"-- XXX completion (YYY)", "match 1 of 2", "The only match",
+	  I	don't give the intro message when starting Vim,		*shm-I*
-		"Pattern not found", "Back at original", etc.
+		see |:intro|
-	  C	don't give messages while scanning for ins-completion items,
+	  c	don't give |ins-completion-menu| messages; for		*shm-c*
-		for instance "scanning tags"
+		example, "-- XXX completion (YYY)", "match 1 of 2", "The only
-	  q	use "recording" instead of "recording @a"
+		match", "Pattern not found", "Back at original", etc.
-	  F	don't give the file info when editing a file, like `:silent`
+	  C	don't give messages while scanning for ins-completion	*shm-C*
-		was used for the command; note that this also affects messages
+		items, for instance "scanning tags"
-		from autocommands
+	  q	use "recording" instead of "recording @a"		*shm-q*
-	  S     do not show search count message when searching, e.g.
+	  F	don't give the file info when editing a file, like	*shm-F*
-	        "[1/5]"
+		`:silent` was used for the command; note that this also
+		affects messages from autocommands
+	  S	do not show search count message when searching, e.g.	*shm-S*
+		"[1/5]"
 
 	This gives you the opportunity to avoid that a change between buffers
 	requires you to hit <Enter>, but still gives as useful a message as
@@ -7216,9 +7228,26 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	- When selecting more than one line, the number of lines.
 	- When selecting a block, the size in screen characters:
 	  {lines}x{columns}.
+	This information can be displayed in an alternative location using the
+	'showcmdloc' option.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
+			*'showcmdloc'* *'sloc'*
+'showcmdloc' 'sloc'	string	(default "last")
+			global
+	This option can be used to display the (partially) entered command in
+	another location.  Possible values are:
+	  last		Last line of the screen (default).
+	  statusline	Status line of the current window.
+	  tabline	First line of the screen if 'showtabline' is enabled.
+	Setting this option to "statusline" or "tabline" means that these will
+	be redrawn whenever the command changes, which can be on every key
+	pressed.
+	The %S 'statusline' item can be used in 'statusline' or 'tabline' to
+	place the text.  Without a custom 'statusline' or 'tabline' it will be
+	displayed in a convenient location.
+
 			*'showfulltag'* *'sft'* *'noshowfulltag'* *'nosft'*
 'showfulltag' 'sft'	boolean (default off)
 			global
@@ -7316,9 +7345,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not available when compiled without the |+signs|
 			feature}
 	Whether or not to draw the signcolumn. Valid values are:
-	   "auto"   	only when there is a sign to display
+	   "auto"	only when there is a sign to display
-	   "no"	    	never
+	   "no"		never
-	   "yes"    	always
+	   "yes"	always
 	   "number"	display signs in the 'number' column. If the number
 			column is not present, then behaves like "auto".
 
@@ -7657,6 +7686,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	When there is error while evaluating the option then it will be made
 	empty to avoid further errors.  Otherwise screen updating would loop.
+	When the result contains unprintable characters the result is
+	unpredictable.
 
 	Note that the only effect of 'ruler' when this option is set (and
 	'laststatus' is 2) is controlling the output of |CTRL-G|.
@@ -7716,6 +7747,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	P S   Percentage through file of displayed window.  This is like the
 	      percentage described for 'ruler'.  Always 3 in length, unless
 	      translated.
+	S S   'showcmd' content, see 'showcmdloc'.
 	a S   Argument list status as in default title.  ({current} of {max})
 	      Empty if the argument file count is zero or one.
 	{ NF  Evaluate expression between '%{' and '}' and substitute result.
@@ -7744,7 +7776,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	      mark.  This information is used for mouse clicks.
 	< -   Where to truncate line if too long.  Default is at the start.
 	      No width fields allowed.
-	= -   Separation point between left and right aligned items.
+	= -   Separation point between alignment sections.  Each section will
+	      be separated by an equal number of spaces.  With one %= what
+	      comes after it will be right-aligned.  With two %= there is a
+	      middle part, with white space left and right of it.
 	      No width fields allowed.
 	# -   Set highlight group.  The name must follow and then a # again.
 	      Thus use %#HLname# for highlight group HLname.  The same
@@ -7752,8 +7787,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	      windows.
 	* -   Set highlight group to User{N}, where {N} is taken from the
 	      minwid field, e.g. %1*.  Restore normal highlight with %* or %0*.
-	      The difference between User{N} and StatusLine  will be applied
+	      The difference between User{N} and StatusLine will be applied to
-	      to StatusLineNC for the statusline of non-current windows.
+	      StatusLineNC for the statusline of non-current windows.
 	      The number N must be between 1 and 9.  See |hl-User1..9|
 
 	When displaying a flag, Vim removes the leading comma, if any, when
@@ -8199,7 +8234,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:set encoding=utf-8
 <	You need to do this when your system has no locale support for UTF-8.
 
-					*'termguicolors'* *'tgc'* *E954*
+		*'termguicolors'* *'tgc'* *'notermguicolors'* *'notgc'* *E954*
 'termguicolors' 'tgc'	boolean (default off)
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the
@@ -8647,6 +8682,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	set to a name that starts with "xterm", "mlterm", "screen", "tmux",
 	"st" (full match only), "st-" or "stterm", and 'ttymouse' is not set
 	already.
+	If the terminfo/termcap entry "XM" exists and the first number is
+	"1006" then 'ttymouse' will be set to "sgr".  This works for many
+	modern terminals.
 	Additionally, if vim is compiled with the |+termresponse| feature and
 	|t_RV| is set to the escape sequence to request the xterm version
 	number, more intelligent detection is done.

runtime/doc/os_390.txt

@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ This file contains the particulars for the z/OS UNIX version of Vim.
 2. Putty and Colors                     |zOS-PuTTY|
 3. Motif Problems			|zOS-Motif|
 4. Bugs					|zOS-Bugs|
-5. Limitations     			|zOS-limitations|
+5. Limitations				|zOS-limitations|
 6. Open source on z/OS UNIX		|zOS-open-source|
 
 Contributors: ~
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ There is no solution for this yet.
   this occurs in both the terminal and gui versions.
 
 ==============================================================================
-5. Limitations     			*OS390-limitations* *zOS-limitations*
+5. Limitations				*OS390-limitations* *zOS-limitations*
 
 - No binary search in tag files.
   The program /bin/sort sorts by ASCII value by default.  This program is

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ You can check that everything is at the right place with the :version command.
 
 Example LOGIN.COM: >
 
- 	$ define/nolog VIM DKA0:[UTIL.VIM81]
+	$ define/nolog VIM DKA0:[UTIL.VIM81]
 	$ vi*m :== mcr VIM:VIM.EXE
 	$ gv*im:== spawn/nowait/input=NLA0 mcr VIM:VIM.EXE -g -GEOMETRY 80x40
 	$ set disp/create/node=192.168.10.202/trans=tcpip

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 24
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -101,6 +101,8 @@ g#			Like "#", but don't put "\<" and "\>" around the word.
 							*gd*
 gd			Goto local Declaration.  When the cursor is on a local
 			variable, this command will jump to its declaration.
+			This was made to work for C code, in other languages
+			it may not work well.
 			First Vim searches for the start of the current
 			function, just like "[[".  If it is not found the
 			search stops in line 1.  If it is found, Vim goes back
@@ -1142,21 +1144,21 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	  are supported:
 		  Name	      Func	Contents ~
 *[:alnum:]*	  [:alnum:]   isalnum	ASCII letters and digits
-*[:alpha:]*	  [:alpha:]   isalpha  	ASCII letters
+*[:alpha:]*	  [:alpha:]   isalpha	ASCII letters
-*[:blank:]*	  [:blank:]     	space and tab
+*[:blank:]*	  [:blank:]		space and tab
-*[:cntrl:]*	  [:cntrl:]   iscntrl 	ASCII control characters
+*[:cntrl:]*	  [:cntrl:]   iscntrl	ASCII control characters
-*[:digit:]*	  [:digit:]     	decimal digits '0' to '9'
+*[:digit:]*	  [:digit:]		decimal digits '0' to '9'
 *[:graph:]*	  [:graph:]   isgraph	ASCII printable characters excluding
 					space
 *[:lower:]*	  [:lower:]   (1)	lowercase letters (all letters when
 					'ignorecase' is used)
-*[:print:]*	  [:print:]   (2) 	printable characters including space
+*[:print:]*	  [:print:]   (2)	printable characters including space
 *[:punct:]*	  [:punct:]   ispunct	ASCII punctuation characters
-*[:space:]*	  [:space:]     	whitespace characters: space, tab, CR,
+*[:space:]*	  [:space:]		whitespace characters: space, tab, CR,
 					NL, vertical tab, form feed
 *[:upper:]*	  [:upper:]   (3)	uppercase letters (all letters when
 					'ignorecase' is used)
-*[:xdigit:]*	  [:xdigit:]    	hexadecimal digits: 0-9, a-f, A-F
+*[:xdigit:]*	  [:xdigit:]		hexadecimal digits: 0-9, a-f, A-F
 *[:return:]*	  [:return:]		the <CR> character
 *[:tab:]*	  [:tab:]		the <Tab> character
 *[:escape:]*	  [:escape:]		the <Esc> character

runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt

@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ get the latest versions of scripts listed therein from http://vim.sf.net/.
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Contents				*glvs-contents* *glvs* *getscript*
-   					*GetLatestVimScripts*
+					*GetLatestVimScripts*
 
 	1. Contents........................................: |glvs-contents|
 	2. GetLatestVimScripts -- Getting Started..........: |glvs-install|
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ reflect the latest version of script(s) so downloaded.
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. GetLatestVimScripts Data File		*getscript-data* *glvs-data*
- 						*:GetLatestVimScripts_dat*
+						*:GetLatestVimScripts_dat*
 The data file <GetLatestVimScripts.dat> must have for its first two lines
 the following text:
 >
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ after/syntax/c.vim contained in it to overwrite a user's c.vim.
 		This variable holds the options to be used with the
 		g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget command.
 >
- 	g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall
+	g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall
 <	default= 1
 		This variable indicates whether GetLatestVimScripts is allowed
 		to attempt to automatically install scripts.  Furthermore, the

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -1085,8 +1085,8 @@ QUICK REFERENCE: MAPS				*netrw-browse-maps* {{{2
 	 <c-tab> Shrink/expand a netrw/explore window                |netrw-c-tab|
 	   -	Makes Netrw go up one directory                      |netrw--|
 	   a	Cycles between normal display,                       |netrw-a|
-	    	hiding (suppress display of files matching g:netrw_list_hide)
+		hiding (suppress display of files matching g:netrw_list_hide)
-	    	and showing (display only files which match g:netrw_list_hide)
+		and showing (display only files which match g:netrw_list_hide)
 	   cd	Make browsing directory the current directory        |netrw-cd|
 	   C	Setting the editing window                           |netrw-C|
 	   d	Make a directory                                     |netrw-d|
@@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ QUICK REFERENCE: MAPS				*netrw-browse-maps* {{{2
 	   mX	Apply arbitrary shell command to marked files en bloc|netrw-mX|
 	   mz	Compress/decompress marked files                     |netrw-mz|
 	   o	Enter the file/directory under the cursor in a new   |netrw-o|
-	    	browser window.  A horizontal split is used.
+		browser window.  A horizontal split is used.
 	   O	Obtain a file specified by cursor                    |netrw-O|
 	   p	Preview the file                                     |netrw-p|
 	   P	Browse in the previously used window                 |netrw-P|
@@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ QUICK REFERENCE: MAPS				*netrw-browse-maps* {{{2
 	   u	Change to recently-visited directory                 |netrw-u|
 	   U	Change to subsequently-visited directory             |netrw-U|
 	   v	Enter the file/directory under the cursor in a new   |netrw-v|
-	    	browser window.  A vertical split is used.
+		browser window.  A vertical split is used.
 	   x	View file with an associated program                 |netrw-x|
 	   X	Execute filename under cursor via |system()|           |netrw-X|
 
@@ -2271,7 +2271,7 @@ Example:
 	...
 
 
-MARKED FILES, ARBITRARY SHELL COMMAND, EN BLOC 			*netrw-mX* {{{2
+MARKED FILES, ARBITRARY SHELL COMMAND, EN BLOC			*netrw-mX* {{{2
 	    (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
 		      (uses the global marked-file list)
 
@@ -2620,7 +2620,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				Used to change access permission for a file.
 
   *g:netrw_clipboard*		=1
-  				By default, netrw will attempt to insure that
+				By default, netrw will attempt to insure that
 				the clipboard's values will remain unchanged.
 				However, some users report that they have
 				speed problems with this; consequently, this
@@ -2768,7 +2768,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				escaped before applying glob()
 
   *g:netrw_gx*			="<cfile>"
- 				This option controls how gx (|netrw-gx|) picks
+				This option controls how gx (|netrw-gx|) picks
 				up the text under the cursor.  See |expand()|
 				for possibilities.
 
@@ -2834,11 +2834,11 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				directory (|netrw-mt|, |netrw-mc|)
 
   *g:netrw_localcopycmdopt*	=''             Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
-  				=' \c copy'                     Windows
+				=' \c copy'                     Windows
 				Options for the |g:netrw_localcopycmd|
 
   *g:netrw_localcopydircmd*	="cp"           Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
- 				=expand("$COMSPEC")             Windows
+				=expand("$COMSPEC")             Windows
 				Copies directories to target directory.
 				(|netrw-mc|, |netrw-mt|)
 
@@ -2864,7 +2864,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				Options for |g:netrw_localmovecmd|
 
   *g:netrw_localrmdir*		="rmdir"        Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
- 				=expand("$COMSPEC")             Windows
+				=expand("$COMSPEC")             Windows
 				Remove directory command (rmdir)
 				This variable is only used if your vim is
 				earlier than 7.4 or if your vim doesn't
@@ -2900,10 +2900,10 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				(see |'ballooneval'|)
 
  *g:netrw_sizestyle*		not defined: actual bytes (default)
- 				="b" : actual bytes       (default)
+				="b" : actual bytes       (default)
- 				="h" : human-readable (ex. 5k, 4m, 3g)
+				="h" : human-readable (ex. 5k, 4m, 3g)
 				       uses 1000 base
- 				="H" : human-readable (ex. 5K, 4M, 3G)
+				="H" : human-readable (ex. 5K, 4M, 3G)
 				       uses 1024 base
 				The long listing (|netrw-i|) and query-file
 				maps (|netrw-qf|) will display file size
@@ -2951,7 +2951,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				 default: "NETRWSERVER"
 
   *g:netrw_sort_by*		sort by "name", "time", "size", or
-  				"exten".
+				"exten".
 				 default: "name"
 
   *g:netrw_sort_direction*	sorting direction: "normal" or "reverse"
@@ -3008,7 +3008,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 					.vim/after/syntax/netrw.vim.
 <				 The netrwGray highlighting is set up by
 				netrw when >
-	       				* netrwGray has not been previously
+					* netrwGray has not been previously
 					  defined
 					* the gui is running
 <				 As an example, I myself use a dark-background
@@ -3266,7 +3266,7 @@ If there are marked files:  (see |netrw-mf|)
     name, applying that substitute, and renaming each file to the result.
     As an example : >
 
-    	mr  [query: reply with *.c]
+	mr  [query: reply with *.c]
 	R   [query: reply with s/^\(.*\)\.c$/\1.cpp/]
 <
     This example will mark all *.c files and then rename them to *.cpp
@@ -3275,7 +3275,7 @@ If there are marked files:  (see |netrw-mf|)
 
     The ctrl-X character has special meaning for renaming files: >
 
-    	<c-x>      : a single ctrl-x tells netrw to ignore the portion of the response
+	<c-x>      : a single ctrl-x tells netrw to ignore the portion of the response
 	             lying between the last '/' and the ctrl-x.
 
 	<c-x><c-x> : a pair of contiguous ctrl-x's tells netrw to ignore any
@@ -3843,7 +3843,7 @@ netrw:
 	  Decho.vim is provided as a "vimball"; see |vimball-intro|.  You
 	  should edit the Decho.vba.gz file and source it in: >
 
-	  	vim Decho.vba.gz
+		vim Decho.vba.gz
 		:so %
 		:q
 <
@@ -3885,7 +3885,7 @@ netrw:
 	   To save the file: under linux, the output will be in a separate
 	   remote server window; in it, just save the file with >
 
-	   	:w! DBG
+		:w! DBG
 
 <	   Under a vim that doesn't support clientserver, your debugging
 	   output will appear in another tab: >

runtime/doc/popup.txt

@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 	cursorline	TRUE:	 Highlight the cursor line. Also scrolls the
 				 text to show this line (only works properly
 				 when 'wrap' is off).
-			zero: 	 Do not highlight the cursor line.
+			zero:	 Do not highlight the cursor line.
 			Default is zero, except for |popup_menu()|.
 	filter		A callback that can filter typed characters, see
 			|popup-filter|.

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 26
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Jan 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -365,8 +365,6 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 			If numbers [from] and/or [to] are given, the respective
 			range of errors is listed.  A negative number counts
 			from the last error backwards, -1 being the last error.
-			The 'switchbuf' settings are respected when jumping
-			to a buffer.
 			The |:filter| command can be used to display only the
 			quickfix entries matching a supplied pattern. The
 			pattern is matched against the filename, module name,
@@ -1273,6 +1271,21 @@ not "b:current_compiler".  What the command actually does is the following:
 For writing a compiler plugin, see |write-compiler-plugin|.
 
 
+DOTNET							*compiler-dotnet*
+
+The .NET CLI compiler outputs both errors and warnings by default. The output
+may be limited to include only errors, by setting the g:dotnet_errors_only
+variable to |v:true|.
+
+The associated project name is included in each error and warning. To suppress
+the project name, set the g:dotnet_show_project_file variable to |v:false|.
+
+Example: limit output to only display errors, and suppress the project name: >
+	let dotnet_errors_only = v:true
+	let dotnet_show_project_file = v:false
+	compiler dotnet
+<
+
 GCC					*quickfix-gcc*	*compiler-gcc*
 
 There's one variable you can set for the GCC compiler:

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 23
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -902,7 +902,8 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'shortmess'	  'shm'     list of flags, reduce length of messages
 'shortname'	  'sn'	    Filenames assumed to be 8.3 chars
 'showbreak'	  'sbr'     string to use at the start of wrapped lines
-'showcmd'	  'sc'	    show (partial) command in status line
+'showcmd'	  'sc'	    show (partial) command somewhere
+'showcmdloc'	  'sloc'    where to show (partial) command
 'showfulltag'	  'sft'     show full tag pattern when completing tag
 'showmatch'	  'sm'	    briefly jump to matching bracket if insert one
 'showmode'	  'smd'     message on status line to show current mode

runtime/doc/remote.txt

@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ The following command line arguments are available:
 				below).  The name used will be uppercase.
 								*--remote-send*
    --remote-send {keys}		Send {keys} to server and exit.  The {keys}
-   				are not mapped.  Special key names are
+				are not mapped.  Special key names are
 				recognized, e.g., "<CR>" results in a CR
 				character.
 								*--remote-expr*

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Sep 22
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 			When [where] is omitted only 'runtimepath' is used.
 			Other values:
 				START	search under "start" in 'packpath'
-				OPT 	search under "opt" in 'packpath'
+				OPT	search under "opt" in 'packpath'
 				PACK	search under "start" and "opt" in
 					'packpath'
 				ALL	first use 'runtimepath', then search
@@ -423,6 +423,7 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 			after resolving symbolic links got sourced with
 			another name the other script is after "->".  E.g.
 			"20->22" means script 20 was sourced as script 22.
+			Also see `getscriptinfo()`.
 			{not available when compiled without the |+eval|
 			feature}
 
@@ -729,15 +730,15 @@ up-to-date easily, but it requires a program like "git" to be available.
 You can do both, github can automatically create an archive for a release.
 
 Your directory layout would be like this:
-   start/foobar/plugin/foo.vim    	" always loaded, defines commands
+   start/foobar/plugin/foo.vim		" always loaded, defines commands
-   start/foobar/plugin/bar.vim    	" always loaded, defines commands
+   start/foobar/plugin/bar.vim		" always loaded, defines commands
-   start/foobar/autoload/foo.vim  	" loaded when foo command used
+   start/foobar/autoload/foo.vim	" loaded when foo command used
-   start/foobar/doc/foo.txt       	" help for foo.vim
+   start/foobar/doc/foo.txt		" help for foo.vim
-   start/foobar/doc/tags          	" help tags
+   start/foobar/doc/tags		" help tags
-   opt/fooextra/plugin/extra.vim  	" optional plugin, defines commands
+   opt/fooextra/plugin/extra.vim	" optional plugin, defines commands
-   opt/fooextra/autoload/extra.vim  	" loaded when extra command used
+   opt/fooextra/autoload/extra.vim	" loaded when extra command used
-   opt/fooextra/doc/extra.txt  	        " help for extra.vim
+   opt/fooextra/doc/extra.txt		" help for extra.vim
-   opt/fooextra/doc/tags  	        " help tags
+   opt/fooextra/doc/tags		" help tags
 
 This allows for the user to do: >
 	mkdir ~/.vim/pack

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2021 Dec 05
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -614,23 +614,23 @@ sign_placelist({list})
 		|sign_place()| function.  The {list} argument specifies the
 		List of signs to place. Each list item is a dict with the
 		following sign attributes:
-		    buffer	buffer name or number. For the accepted
+		    buffer	Buffer name or number. For the accepted
 				values, see |bufname()|.
-		    group	sign group. {group} functions as a namespace
+		    group	Sign group. {group} functions as a namespace
 				for {id}, thus two groups can use the same
 				IDs. If not specified or set to an empty
 				string, then the global group is used.   See
 				|sign-group| for more information.
-		    id		sign identifier. If not specified or zero,
+		    id		Sign identifier. If not specified or zero,
 				then a new unique identifier is allocated.
 				Otherwise the specified number is used. See
 				|sign-identifier| for more information.
-		    lnum	line number in the buffer {expr} where the
+		    lnum	Line number in the buffer where the sign is to
-				sign is to be placed. For the accepted values,
+				be placed. For the accepted values, see
-				see |line()|.
+				|line()|.
-		    name	name of the sign to place. See |sign_define()|
+		    name	Name of the sign to place. See |sign_define()|
-		    		for more information.
+				for more information.
-		    priority	priority of the sign. When multiple signs are
+		    priority	Priority of the sign. When multiple signs are
 				placed on a line, the sign with the highest
 				priority is used. If not specified, the
 				default value of 10 is used. See

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 24
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1307,18 +1307,32 @@ When not set 4 is used.
 
 DOSBATCH				*dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
 
-There is one option with highlighting DOS batch files.	This covers new
+Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
-extensions to the Command Interpreter introduced with Windows 2000 and
+supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion.  For versions of Windows
-is controlled by the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion.  For Windows NT
+NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1.  For Windows 2000
-this should have the value 1, and for Windows 2000 it should be 2.
+and later it should be 2.
 Select the version you want with the following line: >
 
    :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
 
 If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
-Windows 2000.
+Windows 2000 and later.
 
-A second option covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
+The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
+alternative way to enter a comment line.  This idiom can be used with the
+current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
+inside ( ... ) command blocks.  You can find a discussion about this on
+Stack Overflow -
+
+https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
+
+To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in the Windows Command
+Interpreter or working with MS-DOS bat files, set the
+dosbatch_colons_comment variable to anything: >
+
+   :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
+
+There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
 "dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files).  The latter
 is used by default.  You may select the former with the following line: >
 
@@ -2777,17 +2791,25 @@ For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
 	:let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
 or >
 	:let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
-(first option implies second one).
+The first option implies the second one.
 
 For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
 	:let python_space_error_highlight = 1
 
-If you want all possible Python highlighting (the same as setting the
+If you want all possible Python highlighting:
-preceding last option and unsetting all other ones): >
 	:let python_highlight_all = 1
+This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
+unsetting all the other ones.
+
+If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
+you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
+Python 2 and up to Python 3.5.
+	: let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
+This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
+
+Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
+      You can replace 1 above with anything.
 
-Note: Only existence of these options matter, not their value. You can replace
-      1 above with anything.
 
 QUAKE						*quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
 
@@ -3836,7 +3858,7 @@ SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING				*:syn-iskeyword*
 
 	clear:		Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
 			buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
-	{option}       	Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
+	{option}	Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
 
 	Example: >
   :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
@@ -5003,7 +5025,7 @@ in their own color.
 
 						*highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
 :hi[ghlight] clear	Reset all highlighting to the defaults.  Removes all
-			highlighting for groups added by the user!
+			highlighting for groups added by the user.
 			Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
 			default colors to use.
 			If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
@@ -5283,7 +5305,7 @@ guisp={color-name}					*highlight-guisp*
 	(guisp) color to use in the GUI.  "guisp" is used for undercurl and
 	strikethrough.
 	There are a few special names:
-		NONE		no color (transparent)
+		NONE		no color (transparent)		*E1361*
 		bg		use normal background color
 		background	use normal background color
 		fg		use normal foreground color
@@ -5356,7 +5378,7 @@ ColorColumn	Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
 							*hl-Conceal*
 Conceal		Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
 		text (see 'conceallevel').
-							*hl-Cursor*
+						*hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
 Cursor		Character under the cursor.
 lCursor		Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
 		is used (see 'guicursor').

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -568,6 +568,8 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'nobreakindent'	options.txt	/*'nobreakindent'*
 'nobri'	options.txt	/*'nobri'*
 'nobuflisted'	options.txt	/*'nobuflisted'*
+'nocdh'	options.txt	/*'nocdh'*
+'nocdhome'	options.txt	/*'nocdhome'*
 'nocf'	options.txt	/*'nocf'*
 'noci'	options.txt	/*'noci'*
 'nocin'	options.txt	/*'nocin'*
@@ -676,6 +678,8 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'nomousef'	options.txt	/*'nomousef'*
 'nomousefocus'	options.txt	/*'nomousefocus'*
 'nomousehide'	options.txt	/*'nomousehide'*
+'nomousemev'	options.txt	/*'nomousemev'*
+'nomousemoveevent'	options.txt	/*'nomousemoveevent'*
 'nonu'	options.txt	/*'nonu'*
 'nonumber'	options.txt	/*'nonumber'*
 'noodev'	options.txt	/*'noodev'*
@@ -745,10 +749,12 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'notbidi'	options.txt	/*'notbidi'*
 'notbs'	options.txt	/*'notbs'*
 'notermbidi'	options.txt	/*'notermbidi'*
+'notermguicolors'	options.txt	/*'notermguicolors'*
 'noterse'	options.txt	/*'noterse'*
 'notextauto'	options.txt	/*'notextauto'*
 'notextmode'	options.txt	/*'notextmode'*
 'notf'	options.txt	/*'notf'*
+'notgc'	options.txt	/*'notgc'*
 'notgst'	options.txt	/*'notgst'*
 'notildeop'	options.txt	/*'notildeop'*
 'notimeout'	options.txt	/*'notimeout'*
@@ -926,6 +932,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'shortname'	options.txt	/*'shortname'*
 'showbreak'	options.txt	/*'showbreak'*
 'showcmd'	options.txt	/*'showcmd'*
+'showcmdloc'	options.txt	/*'showcmdloc'*
 'showfulltag'	options.txt	/*'showfulltag'*
 'showmatch'	options.txt	/*'showmatch'*
 'showmode'	options.txt	/*'showmode'*
@@ -938,6 +945,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'siso'	options.txt	/*'siso'*
 'sj'	options.txt	/*'sj'*
 'slm'	options.txt	/*'slm'*
+'sloc'	options.txt	/*'sloc'*
 'slow'	vi_diff.txt	/*'slow'*
 'slowopen'	vi_diff.txt	/*'slowopen'*
 'sm'	options.txt	/*'sm'*
@@ -1082,6 +1090,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 't_VS'	term.txt	/*'t_VS'*
 't_WP'	term.txt	/*'t_WP'*
 't_WS'	term.txt	/*'t_WS'*
+'t_XM'	term.txt	/*'t_XM'*
 't_ZH'	term.txt	/*'t_ZH'*
 't_ZR'	term.txt	/*'t_ZR'*
 't_al'	term.txt	/*'t_al'*
@@ -2201,6 +2210,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :aun	gui.txt	/*:aun*
 :aunmenu	gui.txt	/*:aunmenu*
 :autocmd	autocmd.txt	/*:autocmd*
+:autocmd-block	autocmd.txt	/*:autocmd-block*
 :autocmd-verbose	autocmd.txt	/*:autocmd-verbose*
 :b	windows.txt	/*:b*
 :bN	windows.txt	/*:bN*
@@ -2449,6 +2459,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :diffupdate	diff.txt	/*:diffupdate*
 :dig	digraph.txt	/*:dig*
 :digraphs	digraph.txt	/*:digraphs*
+:dis	change.txt	/*:dis*
 :disa	vim9.txt	/*:disa*
 :disassemble	vim9.txt	/*:disassemble*
 :display	change.txt	/*:display*
@@ -2838,6 +2849,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :map-commands	map.txt	/*:map-commands*
 :map-expression	map.txt	/*:map-expression*
 :map-local	map.txt	/*:map-local*
+:map-meta-keys	map.txt	/*:map-meta-keys*
 :map-modes	map.txt	/*:map-modes*
 :map-nowait	map.txt	/*:map-nowait*
 :map-operator	map.txt	/*:map-operator*
@@ -3017,6 +3029,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 :pts	tagsrch.txt	/*:pts*
 :ptselect	tagsrch.txt	/*:ptselect*
 :pu	change.txt	/*:pu*
+:public	vim9class.txt	/*:public*
 :put	change.txt	/*:put*
 :pw	editing.txt	/*:pw*
 :pwd	editing.txt	/*:pwd*
@@ -3988,6 +4001,7 @@ CTRL-{char}	intro.txt	/*CTRL-{char}*
 Channel	eval.txt	/*Channel*
 Channels	eval.txt	/*Channels*
 Chinese	mbyte.txt	/*Chinese*
+Class	vim9class.txt	/*Class*
 Cmd-event	autocmd.txt	/*Cmd-event*
 CmdUndefined	autocmd.txt	/*CmdUndefined*
 Cmdline	cmdline.txt	/*Cmdline*
@@ -4368,11 +4382,59 @@ E1311	map.txt	/*E1311*
 E1312	windows.txt	/*E1312*
 E1313	eval.txt	/*E1313*
 E1314	vim9class.txt	/*E1314*
+E1315	vim9class.txt	/*E1315*
+E1316	vim9class.txt	/*E1316*
+E1317	vim9class.txt	/*E1317*
+E1318	vim9class.txt	/*E1318*
+E1319	eval.txt	/*E1319*
 E132	userfunc.txt	/*E132*
+E1320	eval.txt	/*E1320*
+E1321	eval.txt	/*E1321*
+E1322	eval.txt	/*E1322*
+E1323	eval.txt	/*E1323*
+E1324	eval.txt	/*E1324*
+E1325	vim9class.txt	/*E1325*
+E1326	vim9class.txt	/*E1326*
+E1327	vim9class.txt	/*E1327*
+E1328	vim9class.txt	/*E1328*
+E1329	vim9class.txt	/*E1329*
 E133	userfunc.txt	/*E133*
+E1330	vim9class.txt	/*E1330*
+E1331	vim9class.txt	/*E1331*
+E1332	vim9class.txt	/*E1332*
+E1333	vim9class.txt	/*E1333*
+E1334	vim9class.txt	/*E1334*
+E1335	vim9class.txt	/*E1335*
+E1336	options.txt	/*E1336*
+E1337	vim9class.txt	/*E1337*
+E1338	vim9class.txt	/*E1338*
+E1339	textprop.txt	/*E1339*
 E134	change.txt	/*E134*
+E1340	vim9class.txt	/*E1340*
+E1341	vim9class.txt	/*E1341*
+E1342	vim9class.txt	/*E1342*
+E1343	vim9class.txt	/*E1343*
+E1344	vim9class.txt	/*E1344*
+E1345	vim9class.txt	/*E1345*
+E1346	vim9class.txt	/*E1346*
+E1347	vim9class.txt	/*E1347*
+E1348	vim9class.txt	/*E1348*
+E1349	vim9class.txt	/*E1349*
 E135	autocmd.txt	/*E135*
+E1350	vim9class.txt	/*E1350*
+E1351	vim9class.txt	/*E1351*
+E1352	vim9class.txt	/*E1352*
+E1353	vim9class.txt	/*E1353*
+E1354	vim9class.txt	/*E1354*
+E1355	vim9class.txt	/*E1355*
+E1356	vim9class.txt	/*E1356*
+E1357	vim9class.txt	/*E1357*
+E1358	vim9class.txt	/*E1358*
+E1359	vim9class.txt	/*E1359*
 E136	starting.txt	/*E136*
+E1360	vim9class.txt	/*E1360*
+E1361	syntax.txt	/*E1361*
+E1362	vim9class.txt	/*E1362*
 E137	starting.txt	/*E137*
 E138	starting.txt	/*E138*
 E139	message.txt	/*E139*
@@ -5427,6 +5489,7 @@ OS390-bugs	os_390.txt	/*OS390-bugs*
 OS390-has-ebcdic	os_390.txt	/*OS390-has-ebcdic*
 OS390-limitations	os_390.txt	/*OS390-limitations*
 OS390-open-source	os_390.txt	/*OS390-open-source*
+Object	vim9class.txt	/*Object*
 OffTheSpot	mbyte.txt	/*OffTheSpot*
 OnTheSpot	mbyte.txt	/*OnTheSpot*
 Operator-pending	intro.txt	/*Operator-pending*
@@ -5588,6 +5651,7 @@ View	starting.txt	/*View*
 Vim9	vim9.txt	/*Vim9*
 Vim9-abstract-class	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-abstract-class*
 Vim9-class	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-class*
+Vim9-class-member	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-class-member*
 Vim9-class-overview	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-class-overview*
 Vim9-enum	vim9class.txt	/*Vim9-enum*
 Vim9-script	vim9.txt	/*Vim9-script*
@@ -6264,8 +6328,8 @@ cino-w	indent.txt	/*cino-w*
 cino-{	indent.txt	/*cino-{*
 cino-}	indent.txt	/*cino-}*
 cinoptions-values	indent.txt	/*cinoptions-values*
-class-member	vim9class.txt	/*class-member*
+class	vim9class.txt	/*class*
-class-method	vim9class.txt	/*class-method*
+class-function	vim9class.txt	/*class-function*
 clear-undo	undo.txt	/*clear-undo*
 clearmatches()	builtin.txt	/*clearmatches()*
 client-server	remote.txt	/*client-server*
@@ -6322,6 +6386,7 @@ compile-changes-8	version8.txt	/*compile-changes-8*
 compile-changes-9	version9.txt	/*compile-changes-9*
 compiler-compaqada	ft_ada.txt	/*compiler-compaqada*
 compiler-decada	ft_ada.txt	/*compiler-decada*
+compiler-dotnet	quickfix.txt	/*compiler-dotnet*
 compiler-gcc	quickfix.txt	/*compiler-gcc*
 compiler-gnat	ft_ada.txt	/*compiler-gnat*
 compiler-hpada	ft_ada.txt	/*compiler-hpada*
@@ -7511,6 +7576,7 @@ getbufinfo()	builtin.txt	/*getbufinfo()*
 getbufline()	builtin.txt	/*getbufline()*
 getbufoneline()	builtin.txt	/*getbufoneline()*
 getbufvar()	builtin.txt	/*getbufvar()*
+getcellwidths()	builtin.txt	/*getcellwidths()*
 getchangelist()	builtin.txt	/*getchangelist()*
 getchar()	builtin.txt	/*getchar()*
 getcharmod()	builtin.txt	/*getcharmod()*
@@ -7834,6 +7900,8 @@ hl-TabLineFill	syntax.txt	/*hl-TabLineFill*
 hl-TabLineSel	syntax.txt	/*hl-TabLineSel*
 hl-Terminal	syntax.txt	/*hl-Terminal*
 hl-Title	syntax.txt	/*hl-Title*
+hl-ToolbarButton	gui.txt	/*hl-ToolbarButton*
+hl-ToolbarLine	gui.txt	/*hl-ToolbarLine*
 hl-Tooltip	syntax.txt	/*hl-Tooltip*
 hl-User1	syntax.txt	/*hl-User1*
 hl-User1..9	syntax.txt	/*hl-User1..9*
@@ -7845,6 +7913,7 @@ hl-WarningMsg	syntax.txt	/*hl-WarningMsg*
 hl-WildMenu	syntax.txt	/*hl-WildMenu*
 hl-debugBreakpoint	terminal.txt	/*hl-debugBreakpoint*
 hl-debugPC	terminal.txt	/*hl-debugPC*
+hl-lCursor	syntax.txt	/*hl-lCursor*
 hlID()	builtin.txt	/*hlID()*
 hlexists()	builtin.txt	/*hlexists()*
 hlget()	builtin.txt	/*hlget()*
@@ -8183,6 +8252,7 @@ keypad-point	intro.txt	/*keypad-point*
 keys()	builtin.txt	/*keys()*
 keytrans()	builtin.txt	/*keytrans()*
 kitty-keyboard-protocol	map.txt	/*kitty-keyboard-protocol*
+kitty-terminal	term.txt	/*kitty-terminal*
 known-bugs	todo.txt	/*known-bugs*
 l	motion.txt	/*l*
 l:	eval.txt	/*l:*
@@ -8460,6 +8530,7 @@ motion-count-multiplied	motion.txt	/*motion-count-multiplied*
 motion.txt	motion.txt	/*motion.txt*
 mouse-mode-table	term.txt	/*mouse-mode-table*
 mouse-overview	term.txt	/*mouse-overview*
+mouse-reporting	term.txt	/*mouse-reporting*
 mouse-scrolling-off	scroll.txt	/*mouse-scrolling-off*
 mouse-swap-buttons	term.txt	/*mouse-swap-buttons*
 mouse-using	term.txt	/*mouse-using*
@@ -8878,6 +8949,14 @@ nr2char()	builtin.txt	/*nr2char()*
 nroff.vim	syntax.txt	/*nroff.vim*
 null	vim9.txt	/*null*
 null-variable	eval.txt	/*null-variable*
+null_blob	vim9.txt	/*null_blob*
+null_channel	vim9.txt	/*null_channel*
+null_dict	vim9.txt	/*null_dict*
+null_function	vim9.txt	/*null_function*
+null_job	vim9.txt	/*null_job*
+null_list	vim9.txt	/*null_list*
+null_partial	vim9.txt	/*null_partial*
+null_string	vim9.txt	/*null_string*
 number_relativenumber	options.txt	/*number_relativenumber*
 numbered-function	eval.txt	/*numbered-function*
 numbermax-variable	eval.txt	/*numbermax-variable*
@@ -8887,6 +8966,7 @@ o	insert.txt	/*o*
 o_CTRL-V	motion.txt	/*o_CTRL-V*
 o_V	motion.txt	/*o_V*
 o_v	motion.txt	/*o_v*
+object	vim9class.txt	/*object*
 object-motions	motion.txt	/*object-motions*
 object-select	motion.txt	/*object-select*
 objects	index.txt	/*objects*
@@ -9545,6 +9625,28 @@ shellescape()	builtin.txt	/*shellescape()*
 shift	intro.txt	/*shift*
 shift-left-right	change.txt	/*shift-left-right*
 shiftwidth()	builtin.txt	/*shiftwidth()*
+shm-A	options.txt	/*shm-A*
+shm-C	options.txt	/*shm-C*
+shm-F	options.txt	/*shm-F*
+shm-I	options.txt	/*shm-I*
+shm-O	options.txt	/*shm-O*
+shm-S	options.txt	/*shm-S*
+shm-T	options.txt	/*shm-T*
+shm-W	options.txt	/*shm-W*
+shm-a	options.txt	/*shm-a*
+shm-c	options.txt	/*shm-c*
+shm-f	options.txt	/*shm-f*
+shm-i	options.txt	/*shm-i*
+shm-l	options.txt	/*shm-l*
+shm-m	options.txt	/*shm-m*
+shm-n	options.txt	/*shm-n*
+shm-o	options.txt	/*shm-o*
+shm-q	options.txt	/*shm-q*
+shm-r	options.txt	/*shm-r*
+shm-s	options.txt	/*shm-s*
+shm-t	options.txt	/*shm-t*
+shm-w	options.txt	/*shm-w*
+shm-x	options.txt	/*shm-x*
 short-name-changed	version4.txt	/*short-name-changed*
 showing-menus	gui.txt	/*showing-menus*
 sign-column	sign.txt	/*sign-column*
@@ -9948,6 +10050,7 @@ t_Us	term.txt	/*t_Us*
 t_VS	term.txt	/*t_VS*
 t_WP	term.txt	/*t_WP*
 t_WS	term.txt	/*t_WS*
+t_XM	term.txt	/*t_XM*
 t_ZH	term.txt	/*t_ZH*
 t_ZR	term.txt	/*t_ZR*
 t_al	term.txt	/*t_al*
@@ -9961,6 +10064,7 @@ t_channel-variable	eval.txt	/*t_channel-variable*
 t_ci	version4.txt	/*t_ci*
 t_cil	version4.txt	/*t_cil*
 t_cl	term.txt	/*t_cl*
+t_class-variable	eval.txt	/*t_class-variable*
 t_cm	term.txt	/*t_cm*
 t_cri	version4.txt	/*t_cri*
 t_cs	term.txt	/*t_cs*
@@ -10025,6 +10129,7 @@ t_ms	term.txt	/*t_ms*
 t_nd	term.txt	/*t_nd*
 t_none-variable	eval.txt	/*t_none-variable*
 t_number-variable	eval.txt	/*t_number-variable*
+t_object-variable	eval.txt	/*t_object-variable*
 t_op	term.txt	/*t_op*
 t_se	term.txt	/*t_se*
 t_sf1	version4.txt	/*t_sf1*
@@ -10264,6 +10369,7 @@ test_garbagecollect_soon()	testing.txt	/*test_garbagecollect_soon()*
 test_getvalue()	testing.txt	/*test_getvalue()*
 test_gui_event()	testing.txt	/*test_gui_event()*
 test_ignore_error()	testing.txt	/*test_ignore_error()*
+test_mswin_event()	testing.txt	/*test_mswin_event()*
 test_null_blob()	testing.txt	/*test_null_blob()*
 test_null_channel()	testing.txt	/*test_null_channel()*
 test_null_dict()	testing.txt	/*test_null_dict()*
@@ -10532,6 +10638,7 @@ v:t_TYPE	eval.txt	/*v:t_TYPE*
 v:t_blob	eval.txt	/*v:t_blob*
 v:t_bool	eval.txt	/*v:t_bool*
 v:t_channel	eval.txt	/*v:t_channel*
+v:t_class	eval.txt	/*v:t_class*
 v:t_dict	eval.txt	/*v:t_dict*
 v:t_float	eval.txt	/*v:t_float*
 v:t_func	eval.txt	/*v:t_func*
@@ -10539,6 +10646,7 @@ v:t_job	eval.txt	/*v:t_job*
 v:t_list	eval.txt	/*v:t_list*
 v:t_none	eval.txt	/*v:t_none*
 v:t_number	eval.txt	/*v:t_number*
+v:t_object	eval.txt	/*v:t_object*
 v:t_string	eval.txt	/*v:t_string*
 v:termblinkresp	eval.txt	/*v:termblinkresp*
 v:termrbgresp	eval.txt	/*v:termrbgresp*
@@ -11020,6 +11128,7 @@ xterm-cursor-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-cursor-keys*
 xterm-end-home-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-end-home-keys*
 xterm-focus-event	term.txt	/*xterm-focus-event*
 xterm-function-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-function-keys*
+xterm-kitty	term.txt	/*xterm-kitty*
 xterm-modifier-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-modifier-keys*
 xterm-mouse	options.txt	/*xterm-mouse*
 xterm-mouse-wheel	scroll.txt	/*xterm-mouse-wheel*
@@ -11028,6 +11137,7 @@ xterm-save-screen	tips.txt	/*xterm-save-screen*
 xterm-screens	tips.txt	/*xterm-screens*
 xterm-scroll-region	term.txt	/*xterm-scroll-region*
 xterm-shifted-keys	term.txt	/*xterm-shifted-keys*
+xterm-terminfo-entries	term.txt	/*xterm-terminfo-entries*
 xterm-true-color	term.txt	/*xterm-true-color*
 y	change.txt	/*y*
 yaml.vim	syntax.txt	/*yaml.vim*
@@ -11124,6 +11234,8 @@ zz	scroll.txt	/*zz*
 {rhs}	map.txt	/*{rhs}*
 {server}	remote.txt	/*{server}*
 {subject}	helphelp.txt	/*{subject}*
+{{{	fold.txt	/*{{{*
 {}	intro.txt	/*{}*
 }	motion.txt	/*}*
+}}}	fold.txt	/*}}}*
 ~	change.txt	/*~*

runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2020 Dec 19
+*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ The ignore-case matches are found when:
 - when 'tagcase' is "followscs" and 'ignorecase' is on or the 'smartcase'
   option is on and the pattern does not contain an upper case character
 - when 'tagcase' is "ignore"
-- when 'tagcase' is "smart" and the patter does not contain an upper case
+- when 'tagcase' is "smart" and the pattern does not contain an upper case
   character
 
 Note that using ignore-case tag searching disables binary searching in the

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 01
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Jan 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -88,7 +88,8 @@ Output resumes when you hit <BS>.
 
 Note: When 't_ti' is not empty, Vim assumes that it causes switching to the
 alternate screen.  This may slightly change what happens when executing a
-shell command or exiting Vim.  To avoid this use 't_TI' and 't_TE'.
+shell command or exiting Vim.  To avoid this use 't_TI' and 't_TE' (but make
+sure to add to them, not overwrite).
 
 Vim will try to detect what keyboard protocol the terminal is using with the
 't_RK' termcap entry.  This is sent after 't_TI', but only when there is no
@@ -117,6 +118,10 @@ have a problem with this, disable bracketed paste by putting this in your
 If this is done while Vim is running the 't_BD' will be sent to the terminal
 to disable bracketed paste.
 
+If |t_PS| or |t_PE| is not set, then |t_BE| will not be used.  This is to make
+sure that bracketed paste is not enabled when the escape codes surrounding
+pasted text cannot be recognized.
+
 If your terminal supports bracketed paste, but the options are not set
 automatically, you can try using something like this: >
 
@@ -126,7 +131,11 @@ automatically, you can try using something like this: >
 	  exec "set t_PS=\e[200~"
 	  exec "set t_PE=\e[201~"
 	endif
-<
+
+The terminfo entries "BE", "BD", "PS" and "PE" were added in ncurses version
+6.4, early 2023, for some terminals.  If you have this version then you may
+not have to manually configure your terminal.
+
 							*tmux-integration*
 If you experience issues when running Vim inside tmux, here are a few hints.
 You can comment-out parts if something doesn't work (it may depend on the
@@ -294,6 +303,58 @@ When Vim receives a response to the |t_RV| (request version) sequence and it
 starts with CSI, it assumes that the terminal is in 8-bit mode and will
 convert all key sequences to their 8-bit variants.
 
+						*xterm-terminfo-entries*
+For some time the terminfo entries were insufficient to describe all the
+features tht Vim can use.  The builtin xterm termcap entries did have these,
+with the result that several terminals that were similar enough to xterm took
+advantage of these by prefixing "xterm-" to the terminal name in $TERM.
+
+This leads to problems, because quite often these terminals are not 100%
+compatible with xterm.  At the start of 2023 several entries have been added
+to the terminfo database to make it possible to use these features without
+using the "xterm" workaround.  These are the relevant entries (so far):
+
+	name	xterm value	description ~
+	RV	"\033[>c"	Request version |t_RV|
+
+	BE	"\033[?2004h"	enable bracketed paste mode |t_BE|
+	BD	"\033[?2004l"	disable bracketed paste mode |t_BD|
+	PS	"\033[200~"	pasted text start |t_PS|
+	PE	"\033[201~"	pasted text end |t_PE|
+
+	XM	"\033[?1006;1004;1000%?%p1%{1}%=%th%el%;"
+				mouse enable / disable |t_XM|
+
+The "XM" entry includes "1006" to enable SGR style mouse reporting.  This
+supports columns above 223.  It also includes "1004" which enables focus
+reporting.  The t_fe and t_fd entries can be left empty (they don't have
+entries in terminfo/termcap anyway).
+
+						*xterm-kitty* *kitty-terminal*
+The Kitty terminal is a special case.  Mainly because it works differently
+from most other terminals, but also because, instead of trying the fit in and
+make it behave like other terminals by default, it dictates how applications
+need to work when using Kitty.  This makes it very difficult for Vim to work
+in a Kitty terminal.  Some exceptions have been hard coded, but it is not at
+all nice to have to make exceptions for one specific terminal.
+
+One of the problems is that the value for $TERM is set to "xterm-kitty".  For
+Vim this is an indication that the terminal is xterm-compatible and the
+builtin xterm termcap entries should be used.  Many other terminals depend on
+this.  However, Kitty is not fully xterm compatible.  The author suggested to
+ignore the "xterm-" prefix and use the terminfo entry anyway, so that is what
+happens now, the builtin xterm termcap entries are not used.  However, the
+t_RV is set, otherwise other things would not work, such as automatically
+setting 'ttymouse' to "sgr" (at least until |t_XM| is being used for this).
+
+It is not clear why kitty sets $TERM to "xterm-kitty", the terminal isn't
+really xterm compatible.  "kitty" would be more appropriate, but a terminfo
+entry with that name is not widespread.
+
+Note that using the kitty keyboard protocol is a separate feature, see
+|kitty-keyboard-protocol|.
+
+
 ==============================================================================
 2. Terminal options		*terminal-options* *termcap-options* *E436*
 
@@ -393,6 +454,8 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 		xterm and other terminal emulators)  The
 		response is stored in |v:termresponse| |xterm-8bit|
 		|'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes|
+	t_XM	enable/disable mouse reporting,			*t_XM* *'t_XM'*
+		see |mouse-reporting| below
 	t_RK	request terminal keyboard protocol state;	*t_RK* *'t_RK'*
 		sent after |t_TI|
 	t_u7	request cursor position (for xterm)		*t_u7* *'t_u7'*
@@ -423,10 +486,10 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 	t_Si	save icon text to stack				*t_Si* *'t_Si'*
 	t_Ri	restore icon text from stack			*t_Ri* *'t_Ri'*
 	t_TE	end of "raw" mode				*t_TE* *'t_TE'*
-	t_TI	put terminal into "raw" mode 			*t_TI* *'t_TI'*
+	t_TI	put terminal into "raw" mode			*t_TI* *'t_TI'*
-	t_fe	enable focus-event tracking 			*t_fe* *'t_fe'*
+	t_fe	enable focus-event tracking			*t_fe* *'t_fe'*
 		|xterm-focus-event|
-	t_fd	disable focus-event tracking 			*t_fd* *'t_fd'*
+	t_fd	disable focus-event tracking			*t_fd* *'t_fd'*
 		|xterm-focus-event|
 
 Some codes have a start, middle and end part.  The start and end are defined
@@ -436,8 +499,8 @@ by the termcap option, the middle part is text.
 	set cursor color:   t_SC  {color name}  t_EC
 
 t_SH must take one argument:
-	0, 1 or none  	blinking block cursor
+	0, 1 or none	blinking block cursor
-	2	      	block cursor
+	2		block cursor
 	3		blinking underline cursor
 	4		underline cursor
 	5		blinking vertical bar cursor
@@ -446,6 +509,21 @@ t_SH must take one argument:
 t_RS is sent only if the response to t_RV has been received.  It is not used
 on Mac OS when Terminal.app could be recognized from the termresponse.
 
+							*mouse-reporting*
+Many terminals can report mouse clicks and some can report mouse movement and
+dragging.  Vim needs to know what codes are being used for this.
+
+The "XM" terminfo/termcap entry is used for this.  Vim also has the 'ttymouse'
+option to specify the mouse protocol being used.  See the option for the
+possible values.
+
+If Vim can read the "XM" terminfo/termcap entry then it will be used for
+enabling and disabling the mouse reporting.  If it is missing, then the value
+from 'ttymouse' is used to decide how to do this.
+
+If the "XM" entry exists and the first number is "1006" then 'ttymouse' will
+be set to "sgr", unless it was already set earlier.
+
 
 KEY CODES						*terminal-key-codes*
 Note: Use the <> form if possible
@@ -506,6 +584,7 @@ Note: Use the <> form if possible
 	t_%1	<Help>		help key			*t_%1* *'t_%1'*
 	t_&8	<Undo>		undo key			*t_&8* *'t_&8'*
 	t_kI	<Insert>	insert key			*t_kI* *'t_kI'*
+		<kInsert>	keypad insert key
 	t_kD	<Del>		delete key			*t_kD* *'t_kD'*
 	t_kb	<BS>		backspace key			*t_kb* *'t_kb'*
 	t_kB	<S-Tab>		back-tab (shift-tab)  *<S-Tab>*	*t_kB* *'t_kB'*
@@ -538,9 +617,13 @@ Note: Use the <> form if possible
 	t_KK	<k8>		keypad 8		 *<k8>*	*t_KK* *'t_KK'*
 	t_KL	<k9>		keypad 9		 *<k9>*	*t_KL* *'t_KL'*
 		<Mouse>		leader of mouse code		*<Mouse>*
-								*t_PS* *'t_PS'*
+
-	t_PS	start of bracketed paste |xterm-bracketed-paste|
+	t_PS	<PasteStart>	start of bracketed paste	*t_PS* *'t_PS'*
-	t_PE	end of bracketed paste |xterm-bracketed-paste|  *t_PE* *'t_PE'*
+				|xterm-bracketed-paste|
+	t_PE	<PasteEnd>	end of bracketed paste		*t_PE* *'t_PE'*
+				|xterm-bracketed-paste|
+		<FocusGained>	Vim window got focus (internal only)
+		<FocusLost>	Vim window lost focus (internal only)
 
 Note about t_so and t_mr: When the termcap entry "so" is not present the
 entry for "mr" is used.  And vice versa.  The same is done for "se" and "me".
@@ -579,12 +662,15 @@ work the 'termguicolors' option needs to be set.
 See https://github.com/termstandard/colors for a list of terminals that
 support true colors.
 
-Sometimes setting 'termguicolors' is not enough and one has to set the |t_8f|
+For telling the terminal what RGB color to use the |t_8f| and |t_8b| termcap
-and |t_8b| options explicitly. Default values of these options are
+entries are used.  These are set by default to values that work for most
-"^[[38;2;%lu;%lu;%lum" and "^[[48;2;%lu;%lu;%lum" respectively, but it is only
+terminals.  If that does not work for your terminal you can set them manually.
-set when `$TERM` is `xterm`. Some terminals accept the same sequences, but
+The default values are set like this: >
-with all semicolons replaced by colons (this is actually more compatible, but
+	 let &t_8f = "\<Esc>[38;2;%lu;%lu;%lum"
-less widely supported): >
+	 let &t_8b = "\<Esc>[48;2;%lu;%lu;%lum"
+
+Some terminals accept the same sequences, but with all semicolons replaced by
+colons (this is actually more compatible, but less widely supported): >
 	 let &t_8f = "\<Esc>[38:2:%lu:%lu:%lum"
 	 let &t_8b = "\<Esc>[48:2:%lu:%lu:%lum"
 
@@ -602,7 +688,7 @@ is actually the case.
 To overrule the default, put this line in your ~/.Xdefaults or
 ~/.Xresources:
 >
-	XTerm*allowWindowOps: 		true
+	XTerm*allowWindowOps:		true
 
 And run "xrdb -merge .Xresources" to make it effective.  You can check the
 value with the context menu (right mouse button while CTRL key is pressed),

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ If the result is "1" you have it.
       Using the client-server feature		|terminal-client-server|
 4. Remote testing			|terminal-testing|
 5. Diffing screen dumps			|terminal-diff|
-      Writing a screen dump test for Vim  	|terminal-dumptest|
+      Writing a screen dump test for Vim	|terminal-dumptest|
-      Creating a screen dump		  	|terminal-screendump|
+      Creating a screen dump			|terminal-screendump|
-      Comparing screen dumps		  	|terminal-diffscreendump|
+      Comparing screen dumps			|terminal-diffscreendump|
 6. Debugging				|terminal-debug|
       Starting					|termdebug-starting|
       Example session				|termdebug-example|
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ Command syntax ~
 					in a session file.
 			++shell		Instead of executing {command}
 					directly, use a shell, like with
-					`:!command` 		*E279*
+					`:!command`		*E279*
 					{only works on Unix and MS-Windows}
 			++kill={how}	When trying to close the terminal
 					window kill the job with {how}.  See

runtime/doc/testing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*testing.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 28
+*testing.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ test_gui_event({event}, {args})
 		    "findrepl"  search and replace text.
 		    "mouse"	mouse button click event.
 		    "scrollbar" move or drag the scrollbar.
-		    "sendevent" send a low-level GUI event.
+		    "key"	send a low-level keyboard event.
 		    "tabline"	select a tab page by mouse click.
 		    "tabmenu"	select a tabline menu entry.
 
@@ -178,8 +178,8 @@ test_gui_event({event}, {args})
 		    dragging:	1 to drag the scrollbar and 0 to click in the
 				scrollbar.
 
-		"sendevent":
+		"key":
-		  Send a low-level GUI event (e.g. key-up or down).
+		  Send a low-level keyboard event (e.g. key-up or down).
 		  Currently only supported on MS-Windows.
 		  The supported items in {args} are:
 		    event:	The supported string values are:
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ test_gui_event({event}, {args})
 		  Inject an event to select a tabline menu entry. The
 		  supported items in {args} are:
 		    tabnr:	tab page number
-		    item: 	tab page menu item number. 1 for the first
+		    item:	tab page menu item number. 1 for the first
 				menu item, 2 for the second item and so on.
 
 		After injecting the GUI events you probably should call
@@ -224,6 +224,77 @@ test_ignore_error({expr})			 *test_ignore_error()*
 			GetErrorText()->test_ignore_error()
 
 
+test_mswin_event({event}, {args})		*test_mswin_event()*
+		Generate a low-level MS-Windows {event} with arguments {args}
+		for testing Vim functionality.  It works for MS-Windows GUI
+		and for the console.
+
+		{event} is a String and the supported values are:
+		    "mouse"	mouse event.
+		    "key"	keyboard event.
+
+		"mouse":
+		  Inject either a mouse button click, or a mouse move, event.
+		  The supported items in {args} are:
+		    button:	mouse button.  The supported values are:
+				    0	right mouse button
+				    1	middle mouse button
+				    2	left mouse button
+				    3	mouse button release
+				    4	scroll wheel down
+				    5	scroll wheel up
+				    6	scroll wheel left
+				    7	scroll wheel right
+		    row:	mouse click row number.  The first row of the
+				Vim window is 1 and the last row is 'lines'.
+		    col:	mouse click column number.  The maximum value
+				of {col} is 'columns'.
+				Note: row and col are always interpreted as
+				screen cells for the console application.
+				But, they may be interpreted as pixels
+				for the GUI, depending on "cell".
+		    multiclick:	set to 1 to inject a double-click mouse event.
+		    modifiers:	key modifiers.  The supported values are:
+				    4	shift is pressed
+				    8	alt is pressed
+				   16	ctrl is pressed
+		    move:	Optional; if used and TRUE then a mouse move
+			        event can be generated.
+				Only {args} row: and col: are used and
+				required.
+				Only results in an event when 'mousemoveevent'
+				is set or a popup uses mouse move events.
+		    cell:	Optional for the GUI: when present and TRUE
+				then "move" uses screen cells instead of pixel
+				positions.  Not used by the console.
+
+		"key":
+		  Send a low-level keyboard event (e.g. keyup or keydown).
+		  The supported items in {args} are:
+		    event:	The supported string values are:
+				    keyup   generate a keyup event
+				    keydown generate a keydown event
+		    keycode:	Keycode to use for a keyup or a keydown event.
+		    modifiers:	Optional; key modifiers.
+				The supported values are:
+				    2	shift is pressed
+				    4	ctrl is pressed
+				    8	alt is pressed
+				Note: These values are different from the
+				mouse modifiers.
+		    execute:	Optional. Similar to |feedkeys()| mode x.
+				When this is included and set to true
+				(non-zero) then Vim will process any buffered
+				unprocessed key events.  All other {args}
+				items are optional when this is set and true.
+
+		Returns TRUE if the event is successfully added or executed,
+		FALSE if there is a failure.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetEvent()->test_mswin_event({args})
+<
+
 test_null_blob()					*test_null_blob()*
 		Return a |Blob| that is null. Only useful for testing.
 
@@ -298,7 +369,7 @@ test_override({name}, {val})				*test_override()*
 			     string is detected
 		ui_delay     time in msec to use in ui_delay(); overrules a
 			     wait time of up to 3 seconds for messages
-		uptime 	     overrules sysinfo.uptime
+		uptime	     overrules sysinfo.uptime
 		vterm_title  setting the window title by a job running in a
 			     terminal window
 		ALL	     clear all overrides, except alloc_lines ({val} is

runtime/doc/textprop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 18
+*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ how to highlight the text.  The property type can have these entries:
 			priority will be used.
 	"start_incl"	when TRUE inserts at the start position will be
 			included in the text property
-	"end_incl"    	when TRUE inserts at the end position will be
+	"end_incl"	when TRUE inserts at the end position will be
 			included in the text property
 
 
@@ -107,14 +107,14 @@ prop_type_list([{props}])		get list of property types
 
 Manipulating text properties:
 
-prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})  	add a text property
+prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})	add a text property
-prop_add_list({props}, [[{lnum}, {col}, {end-lnum}, {end-col}], ...])
+prop_add_list({props}, [{item}, ...])
 					add a text property at multiple
 					positions.
 prop_clear({lnum} [, {lnum-end} [, {bufnr}]])
 					remove all text properties
 prop_find({props} [, {direction}])	search for a text property
-prop_list({lnum} [, {props}])  		text properties in {lnum}
+prop_list({lnum} [, {props}])		text properties in {lnum}
 prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
 					remove a text property
 
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 				highlighting; cannot be used with "length",
 				"end_lnum" and "end_col"
 				See |virtual-text| for more information.
-		   					*E1294*
+							*E1294*
 		   text_align	when "text" is present and {col} is zero;
 				specifies where to display the text:
 				   after   after the end of the line
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 				fit:
 				   wrap      wrap the text to the next line
 				   truncate  truncate the text to make it fit
-		   		When omitted "truncate" is used.
+				When omitted "truncate" is used.
 				Note that this applies to the individual text
 				property, the 'wrap' option sets the overall
 				behavior
@@ -220,10 +220,16 @@ prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
 		Any Tab and other control character in the text will be
 		changed to a space (Rationale: otherwise the size of the text
 		is difficult to compute).
-		A negative "id" will be chosen and is returned.  Once a
+		A negative "id" will be chosen and is returned.
-		property with "text" has been added for a buffer then using a
+
-		negative "id" for any other property will give an error:
+		Before text properties with text were supported it was
-		*E1293*
+		possible to use a negative "id", even though this was very
+		rare.  Now that negative "id"s are reserved for text
+		properties with text an error is given when using a negative
+		"id".  When a text property with text already exists using a
+		negative "id" results in *E1293* .  If a negative "id" was
+		used and later a text property with text is added results in
+		*E1339* .
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLnum()->prop_add(col, props)
@@ -257,12 +263,12 @@ prop_add_list({props}, [{item}, ...])
 		It is not possible to add a text property with a "text" field
 		here.
 
-		Example:
+		Example: >
 			call prop_add_list(#{type: 'MyProp', id: 2},
 					\ [[1, 4, 1, 7],
 					\  [1, 15, 1, 20],
 					\  [2, 30, 3, 30]]
-
+<
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetProp()->prop_add_list([[1, 1, 1, 2], [1, 4, 1, 8]])
 

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 05
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,6 +38,25 @@ browser use: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1234
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
+Crash when splitting window: #11961.  Set RedrawingDisabled in
+win_split_ins().
+
+CI: include #12008 end of February.
+
+In runtime/autoload/dist/script.vim change "set ft=" to "setlocal ft=" ?
+
+CTRL-J mapping is not used if halfway another mapping. #12002
+Is simplified mapping not used but escape code has been simplified?
+
+Include #11952 after a runtime files update.
+
+Errors when running tests with valgrind:
+- test_codestyle.vim:  e.g.:
+    command line..script /home/mool/vim/vim90/src/testdir/runtest.vim[569]..function RunTheTest[52]..Test_test_files line 6: keycode_check.vim: space before tab: Expected 0 but got 7
+    command line..script /home/mool/vim/vim90/src/testdir/runtest.vim[569]..function RunTheTest[52]..Test_test_files line 10: setup.vim: trailing white space: Expected 0 but got 23
+- test_gui.vim:
+    Found errors in Test_gui_mouse_event():
+
 Upcoming larger works:
 - Make spell checking work with recent .dic/.aff files, e.g. French.  #4916
     Make Vim understand the format somehow?   Search for "spell" below.
@@ -53,15 +72,100 @@ Upcoming larger works:
 
 
 Further Vim9 improvements, possibly after launch:
-- implement :class and :interface: See |vim9-classes|  #11544
+- implement :class and :interface: See |vim9-classes
+  - Change access: public by default, private by prefixing "_".
+	Check for error: can't have same name twice (ignoring "_" prefix).
+  - Make ":defcompile ClassName" compile all functions and methods in the
+    class.
+  - Private methods?
+	either: private def Func()
+	    or: def _Func()
+    Perhaps use "private" keyword instead of "_" prefix?
+  - "final" object members - can only be set in the constructor.
+  - accept line breaks in member initialization.  #11957
+  - object empty(), len() - can class define a method to be used for them?
+  - add to help: when using a default new() method then reordering object
+    members may cause trouble.  Can define new() without arguments to avoid.
+  - TODO items: check types for "implements" - members and methods
+  - how about lock/unlock?
+  - When checking "implements" also check types of members and function args.
+  - For chaining, allow using the class name as type for function return
+    value.
+  - Implement generics
+  - Add "instanceof" (exact class name).  And "assignable" (class or child)?
+  - More efficient way for interface member index than iterating over list?
+  - a variant of type() that returns a different type for each class?
+      list<number> and list<string> should also differ.
+  - Issue #11822: any.Func() can be a dict or an object call, need to handle
+    this at runtime.
 - implement :type
 - implement :enum
+- Promise class, could be used to wait on a popup close callback?
+- class local to a function
 - Use Vim9 for more runtime files.
 - Inline call to map() and filter(), better type checking.
 - When evaluating constants for script variables, some functions could work:
     has(featureName), len(someString)
 - Implement as part of an expression: ++expr, --expr, expr++, expr--.
 
+Information missing in terminfo:
+- Accept "hyper" and "meta" modifiers (16 and 32) from Kitty like Meta?
+    8 is actually "super".
+- t_RV	request terminal version string; xterm:	"\033[>c"
+    change in terminfo for "RV" uses the wrong escape sequence 7 - 14 Jan only
+Codes used for focus gained and lost (currently using use_xterm_like_mouse())
+  termcodes are hard-coded in set_termname(), not named.
+    Use the XF flag?  enables recognizing the focus in/out events.
+    Check if t_fe is not empty.
+    Check for "1004" in t_XM. (disadvantage: only focus events when mouse is
+    used)
+- t_fe	enable focus-event tracking
+- t_fd	disable focus-event tracking
+Modifiers for various keys
+- flag to indicate "xterm compatible modifiers" ?
+Underline and similar:
+- t_AU - Set underline color: like "AF" and "AB" entries.
+- t_Ce	undercurl and underline end
+- t_Cs	undercurl (curly underline) mode
+- t_Us	double underline mode
+- t_ds	dotted underline mode
+- t_Ds	dashed underline mode
+- t_Te	strikethrough end
+- t_Ts	strikethrough mode
+Cursor codes: |termcap-cursor-shape|
+- t_RC	request terminal cursor blinking
+- t_RS	request terminal cursor style
+- t_VS	cursor normally visible (no blink)
+- t_SI	start insert mode (bar cursor shape)
+- t_SR	start replace mode (underline cursor shape)
+- t_EI	end insert or replace mode (block cursor shape)
+- t_SC	set cursor color start
+- t_EC	set cursor color end
+- t_SH	set cursor shape
+State requests:
+- t_RF	request terminal foreground color
+- t_RB	request terminal background color
+Less important (not needed for regular editing):
+- t_IS	set icon text start
+- t_IE	set icon text end
+- t_ST	save window title to stack
+- t_RT	restore window title from stack
+- t_Si	save icon text to stack
+- t_Ri	restore icon text from stack
+- t_WP	set window position (Y, X) in pixels
+- t_GP	get window position (Y, X) in pixels
+- t_WS	set window size (height, width in cells)
+Vim internal, but there should be a terminfo entry for these:
+- t_8f	set foreground color (R, G, B) in printf() format
+- t_8b	set background color (R, G, B) in printf() format
+- t_8u	set underline color (R, G, B) in printf() format
+Probably Vim internal, not in terminfo:
+- t_TE	end of "raw" mode
+- t_TI	put terminal into "raw" mode
+- t_RK	request terminal keyboard protocol state; sent after |t_TI|
+Already working, not properly documented:
+- t_u7	request cursor position
+
 Popup windows:
 - Add a function to redraw a specific popup window.  Esp. to be used when
   editing the command line, when screen updating doesn't happen. (Shougo)
@@ -169,6 +273,8 @@ Terminal emulator window:
 - When 'encoding' is not utf-8, or the job is using another encoding, setup
   conversions.
 
+Patch adds showcmd() function  #11708
+
 Crash when a variable is removed while listing variables (Issue #11435)
 
 Autoconf: must use autoconf 2.69, later version generates lots of warnings
@@ -204,14 +310,24 @@ https://github.com/vim/vim/pull/5566
 
 PR #11579 to add visualtext(), return Visually selected text.
 
+Stray characters in the shell #11719, caused by requesting a response for:
+- XT key sequences
+- Whether modifyOtherKeys is active
+- Whether kitty keyboard protocol is active
+Can we not request XT key sequences, or reduce them drastically?
+
 Issue #10512: Dynamic loading broken with Perl 5.36
 Damien has a patch (2022 Dec 4)
 
+Request #11965: Allow severaql "%=" items in 'statusline', makes it possible
+to have text in the center.
+
 Add some kind of ":whathappend" command and functions to make visible what the
 last few typed keys and executed commands are.  To be used when the user
-wonders what went wrong.
+wonders what went wrong.  Could also be used for statistics #12046.
 - typed keys - Normal mode command - like what is recorded in a register and
   displayed by 'showcmd'.
+- register used - #12063
 - executed command lines
 - with more verbosity: what scripts/functions/autocommands were executed
 
@@ -246,7 +362,7 @@ Better terminal emulator support:
     "xterm" and then add "kitty" entries.
 
 Using "A" and "o" in manually created fold (in empty buffer) does not behave
-consistenly (James McCoy, #10698)
+consistently (James McCoy, #10698)
 
 In a timer callback, when using ":echo" and then input() the message is
 overwritten.  Could use ":echowin" and call redraw_cmd() in get_user_input().
@@ -291,8 +407,6 @@ IDEA: when drawing the text, store the text byte index in ScreenLinesIdx[].
 When converting screen column to text position use this.
 The line number can be obtained from win->w_lines[].
 
-MS-Windows: did path modifier :p:8 stop working?  #8600
-
 Version of getchar() that does not move the cursor - #10603 Use a separate
 argument for the new flag.
 
@@ -374,6 +488,9 @@ Any way to convert "$" back by using a special value? (#6901)
 Can we detect true color support?  https://gist.github.com/XVilka/8346728
 Try setting a color then request the current color, like using t_u7.
 
+Add a v:register_used variable, which has the name of the register used for
+the last command, e.g. put.  #12003
+
 Make the jumplist behave like a tag stack. (#7738)  Should there be a more
 time bound navigation, like with undo?
 
@@ -418,6 +535,10 @@ work.
 Using "au!" after "filetype on" is a bit slow.  Can the matching of
 autocommands be made faster?  (#7056)
 
+Using a search pattern containing "\%V" and 'hlsearch' set keeps old matches
+when the Visual area changes.  #11694.  Do a redraw when starting a Visual
+selection?
+
 Append in Visual block mode inserts the wrong character.
 Test_visual_block_mode() already has the proper check, which is commented out.
 (#8288)
@@ -585,6 +706,7 @@ Added tests (James McCoy, 2016 Aug 3, #958).  Still needs more work.
 
 Would be nice to set tab-local values for 'diffexpr' and 'diffopt'.  Use
 t:diffexpr_option t:diffopt_option? (#4782)
+Also make 'scrollopt' tab-local, remove "hor" only for the current tab page.
 
 Internal diff doesn't handle binary file like external diff does. (Mike
 Williams, 2018 Oct 30)
@@ -1075,9 +1197,6 @@ Avoids exceptions, e.g. when using the b: namespace as a dict.
 Patch to make v:shell_error writable. (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Sep 27)
 Useful to restore it.  Is there another solution?
 
-"ci[" does not look for next [ like ci" does look for next ".
-(J.F. 2017 Jan 7)
-
 Patch for wrong cursor position on wrapped line, involving breakindent.
 (Ozaki Kiichi, 2016 Nov 25)
 
@@ -1101,9 +1220,6 @@ Should :vmap in matchit.vim be :xmap?  (Tony Mechelynck)
 
 Problem with whitespace in errorformat. (Gerd Wachsmuth, 2016 May 15, #807)
 
-Add "unicode true" to NSIS installer.  Doesn't work with Windows 95, which we
-no longer support.
-
 Support sort(l, 'F'), convert strings to float. (#7857)
 
 sort() is not stable when using numeric/float sort (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Sep
@@ -1289,9 +1405,6 @@ Do not include the linebreak at the start?
 Feature request: add the "al" text object, to manipulate a screen line.
 Especially useful when using 'linebreak'
 
-":cd C:\Windows\System32\drivers\etc*" does not work, even though the
-directory exists. (Sergio Gallelli, 2013 Dec 29)
-
 Patch to avoid redrawing tabline when the popup menu is visible.
 (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jan 28)
 
@@ -2876,10 +2989,6 @@ Win32 GUI known bugs:
     console, go back to Vim and click "reload" in the dialog for the changed
     file: Window moves with the cursor!
     Put focus event in input buffer and let generic Vim code handle it?
-8   Win32 GUI: With maximized window, ":set go-=r" doesn't use the space that
-    comes available. (Poucet)  It works OK on Win 98 but doesn't work on Win
-    NT 4.0.  Leaves a grey area where the scrollbar was.  ":set go+=r" also
-    doesn't work properly.
 8   When Vim is minimized and when maximizing it a file-changed dialog pops
     up, Vim isn't maximized.  It should be done before the dialog, so that it
     appears in the right position. (Webb)
@@ -3403,8 +3512,6 @@ Problems that will (probably) not be solved:
     input method called from GDK code.  Without Perl it doesn't crash.
 -   VMS: Vimdiff doesn't work with the VMS diff, because the output looks
     different.  This makes test 47 fail.  Install a Unix-compatible diff.
--   Win32 GUI: mouse wheel always scrolls rightmost window.  The events arrive
-    in Vim as if the rightmost scrollbar was used.
 -   GTK with Gnome: Produces an error message when starting up:
 	Gdk-WARNING **: locale not supported by C library
     This is caused by the gnome library gnome_init() setting $LC_CTYPE to
@@ -4361,8 +4468,6 @@ Tags:
 Win32 GUI:
 8   Make debug mode work while starting up (vim -D).  Open console window for
     the message and input?
-7   GvimExt: when there are several existing Vims, move the list to a submenu.
-    (Mike McCollister)
 8   When using "Edit with Vim" for one file it changes directory, when several
     files are selected and using "Edit with single Vim" the directory isn't
     changed.  At least change directory when the path is the same for all
@@ -5907,7 +6012,7 @@ Various improvements:
     many percent down the windows).
 -   Make it possible for the 'showbreak' to be displayed at the end of the
     line.  Use a comma to separate the part at the end and the start of the
-    line?  Highlight the linebreak characters, add flag in 'highlight'.
+    line?  #754  Highlight the linebreak characters, add flag in 'highlight'.
     Make 'showbreak' local to a window.
 -   Some string options should be expanded if they have wildcards, e.g.
     'dictionary' when it is "*.h".

runtime/doc/uganda.txt

@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ Credit Card:	You can use PayPal to send money with a Credit card.  This is
 		    Bram@iccf-holland.org
 
 Others:		Transfer to this account if possible:
-		    ING bank: 	IBAN: NL95 INGB 0004 5487 74
+		    ING bank:	IBAN: NL95 INGB 0004 5487 74
 				Swift code: INGBNL2A
 		    under the name "stichting ICCF Holland", Amersfoort
 		Checks are not accepted.

runtime/doc/userfunc.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*userfunc.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 17
+*userfunc.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -187,12 +187,21 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			If "[expr]" is not given, the number 0 is returned.
 			When a function ends without an explicit ":return",
 			the number 0 is returned.
+
 			In a :def function *E1095* is given if unreachable
 			code follows after the `:return`.
 			In legacy script there is no check for unreachable
 			lines, thus there is no warning if commands follow
-			`:return`.
+			`:return`.  Also, there is no check if the following
-
+			line contains a valid command.  Forgetting the line
+			continuation backslash may go unnoticed: >
+				return 'some text'
+				       .. ' some more text'
+<			Will happily return "some text" without an error.  It
+			should have been: >
+				return 'some text'
+				       \ .. ' some more text'
+<
 			If the ":return" is used after a |:try| but before the
 			matching |:finally| (if present), the commands
 			following the ":finally" up to the matching |:endtry|
@@ -202,7 +211,8 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 
 						*function-argument* *a:var*
 An argument can be defined by giving its name.  In the function this can then
-be used as "a:name" ("a:" for argument).
+be used as "a:name" ("a:" for argument) (in a `:def` function "a:" is not
+used).
 					*a:0* *a:1* *a:000* *E740* *...*
 Up to 20 arguments can be given, separated by commas.  After the named
 arguments an argument "..." can be specified, which means that more arguments
@@ -237,9 +247,10 @@ Example: >
   call Something('key', 20)	"key: 20"
 
 The argument default expressions are evaluated at the time of the function
-call, not definition.  Thus it is possible to use an expression which is
+call, not when the function is defined.  Thus it is possible to use an
-invalid the moment the function is defined.  The expressions are also only
+expression which is invalid the moment the function is defined.  The
-evaluated when arguments are not specified during a call.
+expressions are also only evaluated when arguments are not specified during a
+call.
 						*none-function_argument*
 You can pass |v:none| to use the default expression.  Note that this means you
 cannot pass v:none as an ordinary value when an argument has a default

runtime/doc/usr_02.txt

@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ You can use the error ID at the start to find help about it: >
 	:help E37
 
 
-Summary: 					*help-summary*  >
+Summary:					*help-summary*  >
 
 1) Use Ctrl-D after typing a topic and let Vim show all available topics.
    Or press Tab to complete: >

runtime/doc/usr_05.txt

@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ an archive or as a repository.  For an archive you can follow these steps:
 	   package.
 	2. unpack the archive in that directory.  This assumes the top
 	   directory in the archive is "start": >
-	   	cd ~/.vim/pack/fancy
+		cd ~/.vim/pack/fancy
 		unzip /tmp/fancy.zip
 <	   If the archive layout is different make sure that you end up with a
 	   path like this:

runtime/doc/usr_22.txt

@@ -77,25 +77,25 @@ browser.  This is what you get: >
     9. Directory Browsing	 netrw-browse   netrw-dir   netrw-list   netrw-help
 
     MAPS								 netrw-maps
-     	 <F1>.............Help.......................................|netrw-help|
+	 <F1>.............Help.......................................|netrw-help|
-     	 <cr>.............Browsing...................................|netrw-cr|
+	 <cr>.............Browsing...................................|netrw-cr|
-     	 <del>............Deleting Files or Directories..............|netrw-delete|
+	 <del>............Deleting Files or Directories..............|netrw-delete|
-     	 -................Going Up...................................|netrw--|
+	 -................Going Up...................................|netrw--|
-     	 a................Hiding Files or Directories................|netrw-a|
+	 a................Hiding Files or Directories................|netrw-a|
-     	 mb...............Bookmarking a Directory....................|netrw-mb|
+	 mb...............Bookmarking a Directory....................|netrw-mb|
-     	 gb...............Changing to a Bookmarked Directory.........|netrw-gb|
+	 gb...............Changing to a Bookmarked Directory.........|netrw-gb|
-     	 cd...............Make Browsing Directory The Current Dir....|netrw-c|
+	 cd...............Make Browsing Directory The Current Dir....|netrw-c|
-     	 d................Make A New Directory.......................|netrw-d|
+	 d................Make A New Directory.......................|netrw-d|
-     	 D................Deleting Files or Directories..............|netrw-D|
+	 D................Deleting Files or Directories..............|netrw-D|
-     	 <c-h>............Edit File/Directory Hiding List............|netrw-ctrl-h|
+	 <c-h>............Edit File/Directory Hiding List............|netrw-ctrl-h|
-     	 i................Change Listing Style.......................|netrw-i|
+	 i................Change Listing Style.......................|netrw-i|
-     	 <c-l>............Refreshing the Listing.....................|netrw-ctrl-l|
+	 <c-l>............Refreshing the Listing.....................|netrw-ctrl-l|
-     	 o................Browsing with a Horizontal Split...........|netrw-o|
+	 o................Browsing with a Horizontal Split...........|netrw-o|
-     	 p................Use Preview Window.........................|netrw-p|
+	 p................Use Preview Window.........................|netrw-p|
-     	 P................Edit in Previous Window....................|netrw-p|
+	 P................Edit in Previous Window....................|netrw-p|
-     	 q................Listing Bookmarks and History..............|netrw-qb|
+	 q................Listing Bookmarks and History..............|netrw-qb|
-     	 r................Reversing Sorting Order....................|netrw-r|
+	 r................Reversing Sorting Order....................|netrw-r|
-<    	(etc)
+<	(etc)
 
 The <F1> key thus brings you to a netrw directory browsing contents help page.
 It's a regular help page; use the usual |CTRL-]| to jump to tagged help items
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ To select files for display and editing: (with the cursor is atop a filename)
 	<enter>		Open the file in the current window.	   |netrw-cr|
 	o		Horizontally split window and display file |netrw-o|
 	v		Vertically split window and display file   |netrw-v|
-	p		Use the |preview-window| 		   |netrw-p|
+	p		Use the |preview-window|		   |netrw-p|
 	P		Edit in the previous window		   |netrw-P|
 	t		Open file in a new tab			   |netrw-t|
 

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 05
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Jan 17
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -757,6 +757,7 @@ String manipulation:					*string-functions*
 	strwidth()		size of string when displayed
 	strdisplaywidth()	size of string when displayed, deals with tabs
 	setcellwidths()		set character cell width overrides
+	getcellwidths()		get character cell width overrides
 	substitute()		substitute a pattern match with a string
 	submatch()		get a specific match in ":s" and substitute()
 	strpart()		get part of a string using byte index
@@ -1186,6 +1187,7 @@ Testing:				    *test-functions*
 	test_getvalue()		get value of an internal variable
 	test_gui_event()	generate a GUI event for testing
 	test_ignore_error()	ignore a specific error message
+	test_mswin_event()	generate an MS-Windows event
 	test_null_blob()	return a null Blob
 	test_null_channel()	return a null Channel
 	test_null_dict()	return a null Dict

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Nov 04
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ T  *+visualextra*	extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
 T  *+vreplace*		|gR| and |gr|
    *+vtp*		on MS-Windows console: support for 'termguicolors'
 T  *+wildignore*	|'wildignore'|  Always enabled since 9.0.0278
-T  *+wildmenu*		|'wildmenu'||  Always enabled since 9.0.0279
+T  *+wildmenu*		|'wildmenu'|  Always enabled since 9.0.0279
 T  *+windows*		more than one window; Always enabled since 8.0.1118.
 m  *+writebackup*	|'writebackup'| is default on
 m  *+xim*		X input method |xim|

runtime/doc/version7.txt

@@ -8123,7 +8123,7 @@ Files:	    src/message.c
 
 Patch 7.2.119
 Problem:    Status line is redrawn too often.
-Solution:   Check ScreeenLinesUC[] properly. (Yukihiro Nakadaira)
+Solution:   Check ScreenLinesUC[] properly. (Yukihiro Nakadaira)
 Files:	    src/screen.c
 
 Patch 7.2.120
@@ -9782,8 +9782,8 @@ Files:	    src/syntax.c
 
 Patch 7.2.406
 Problem:    Patch 7.2.119 introduces uninit mem read. (Dominique Pelle)
-Solution:   Only used ScreeenLinesC when ScreeenLinesUC is not zero. (Yukihiro
+Solution:   Only used ScreenLinesC when ScreenLinesUC is not zero. (Yukihiro
-	    Nakadaira)  Also clear ScreeenLinesC when allocating.
+	    Nakadaira)  Also clear ScreenLinesC when allocating.
 Files:	    src/screen.c
 
 Patch 7.2.407

runtime/doc/version8.txt

@@ -342,11 +342,11 @@ New Vim variables: ~
 |v:mouse_winid|		Window ID for a mouse click obtained with |getchar()|
 |v:none|		an empty String, used for JSON
 |v:null|		an empty String, used for JSON
-|v:option_new|    	new value of the option, used by |OptionSet|
+|v:option_new|		new value of the option, used by |OptionSet|
-|v:option_old|    	old value of the option, used by |OptionSet|
+|v:option_old|		old value of the option, used by |OptionSet|
 |v:option_oldlocal|	old local value of the option, used by |OptionSet|
 |v:option_oldglobal|	old global value of the option, used by |OptionSet|
-|v:option_type|   	scope of the set command, used by |OptionSet|
+|v:option_type|		scope of the set command, used by |OptionSet|
 |v:option_command|	command used to set the option, used by |OptionSet|
 |v:progpath|		the command with which Vim was invoked
 |v:t_bool|		value of Boolean type

runtime/doc/vim9.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 03
+*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ script and `:def` functions; details are below:
 	`:open`
 	`:s`  with only flags
 	`:t`
-  	`:xit`
+	`:xit`
 - Some commands, especially those used for flow control, cannot be shortened.
   E.g., `:throw` cannot be written as `:th`.  *vim9-no-shorten*
 - You cannot use curly-braces names.
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ script and `:def` functions; details are below:
 	:%s/this/that
 - Executing a register with "@r" does not work, you can prepend a colon or use
   `:exe`: >
-  	:exe @a
+	:exe @a
 - Unless mentioned specifically, the highest |scriptversion| is used.
 - When defining an expression mapping, the expression will be evaluated in the
   context of the script where it was defined.
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Detail: this is because "Inner" will actually become a function reference to a
 function with a generated name.
 
 It is not possible to define a script-local function in a function.  You can
-define a local function and assign it to a script-local funcref (it must have
+define a local function and assign it to a script-local Funcref (it must have
 been declared at the script level).  It is possible to define a global
 function by using the "g:" prefix.
 
@@ -388,7 +388,6 @@ used: >
 	echo temp  # Error!
 
 This is especially useful in a user command: >
-
 	command -range Rename {
 		 var save = @a
 		 @a = 'some expression'
@@ -397,7 +396,6 @@ This is especially useful in a user command: >
 	    }
 
 And with autocommands: >
-
    au BufWritePre *.go {
 		 var save = winsaveview()
 		 silent! exe ':%! some formatting command'
@@ -624,7 +622,7 @@ Additionally, a lambda can contain statements in {}: >
 	    }
 This can be useful for a timer, for example: >
 	var count = 0
- 	var timer = timer_start(500, (_) => {
+	var timer = timer_start(500, (_) => {
 		 count += 1
 		 echom 'Handler called ' .. count
 	     }, {repeat: 3})
@@ -746,7 +744,7 @@ continuation is used without a backslash and a line starts with a bar: >
 							*E1050*
 To make it possible for the operator at the start of the line to be
 recognized, it is required to put a colon before a range.  This example will
-add "start" and print: >
+add "start" and "print": >
 	var result = start
 	+ print
 Like this: >
@@ -805,7 +803,7 @@ Notes:
 	echo [1, 2]
 		[3, 4]
 - In some cases it is difficult for Vim to parse a command, especially when
-  commands are used as an argument to another command, such as `windo`.  In
+  commands are used as an argument to another command, such as `:windo`.  In
   those cases the line continuation with a backslash has to be used.
 
 
@@ -826,7 +824,7 @@ White space is required around most operators.
 
 White space is required in a sublist (list slice) around the ":", except at
 the start and end: >
-	otherlist = mylist[v : count]  	# v:count has a different meaning
+	otherlist = mylist[v : count]	# v:count has a different meaning
 	otherlist = mylist[:]		# make a copy of the List
 	otherlist = mylist[v :]
 	otherlist = mylist[: v]
@@ -881,7 +879,7 @@ This works for alphanumeric characters, underscore and dash.  If you want to
 use another character, use a single or double quoted string: >
 	var dict = {'key with space': value}
 	var dict = {"key\twith\ttabs": value}
-	var dict = {'': value}  		# empty key
+	var dict = {'': value}			# empty key
 <							*E1139*
 In case the key needs to be an expression, square brackets can be used, just
 like in JavaScript: >
@@ -1023,7 +1021,9 @@ always converted to string: >
 
 Simple types are Number, Float, Special and Bool.  For other types |string()|
 should be used.
-						*false* *true* *null* *E1034*
+			*false* *true* *null* *null_blob* *null_channel*
+			*null_dict* *null_function* *null_job* *null_list*
+			*null_partial* *null_string* *E1034*
 In Vim9 script one can use the following predefined values: >
 	true
 	false
@@ -1254,6 +1254,7 @@ level.  They cannot be created in a function, also not in a legacy function.
 :defc[ompile]		Compile functions defined in the current script that
 			were not compiled yet.
 			This will report any errors found during compilation.
+			This excludes functions defined inside a class.
 
 :defc[ompile] {func}
 :defc[ompile] debug {func}
@@ -1261,6 +1262,10 @@ level.  They cannot be created in a function, also not in a legacy function.
 			Compile function {func}, if needed.  Use "debug" and
 			"profile" to specify the compilation mode.
 			This will report any errors found during compilation.
+			{func} call also be "ClassName.functionName" to
+			compile a function or method in a class.
+			{func} call also be "ClassName" to compile all
+			functions and methods in a class.
 
 						*:disa* *:disassemble*
 :disa[ssemble] {func}	Show the instructions generated for {func}.
@@ -1309,7 +1314,7 @@ Closures defined in a loop will share the same context.  For example: >
 <							*E1271*
 A closure must be compiled in the context that it is defined in, so that
 variables in that context can be found.  This mostly happens correctly, except
-when a function is marked for debugging with `breakadd` after it was compiled.
+when a function is marked for debugging with `:breakadd` after it was compiled.
 Make sure to define the breakpoint before compiling the outer function.
 
 The "inloop" variable will exist only once, all closures put in the list refer
@@ -1351,7 +1356,7 @@ closure: >
 	}
 	endfor
 
-Using `echowindow` is useful in a timer, the messages go into a popup and will
+Using `:echowindow` is useful in a timer, the messages go into a popup and will
 not interfere with what the user is doing when it triggers.
 
 
@@ -1402,7 +1407,7 @@ to a Vim9 function:
 	  echo line(1) .. line(2)
 
 - line continuation does not always require a backslash: >
-  	echo ['one',
+	echo ['one',
 		\ 'two',
 		\ 'three'
 		\ ]
@@ -1592,7 +1597,7 @@ That is because the declaration looks like a list of numbers, thus is
 equivalent to: >
 	var ll: list<number> = [1, 2, 3]
 If you do want a more permissive list you need to declare the type: >
-	var ll: list<any = [1, 2, 3]
+	var ll: list<any> = [1, 2, 3]
 	ll->extend(['x'])  # OK
 
 

runtime/doc/vim9class.txt

@@ -1,21 +1,22 @@
-*vim9class.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2022 Dec 04
+*vim9class.txt*	For Vim version 9.0.  Last change: 2023 Feb 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
 
 
-NOTE - This is under development, anything can still change! - NOTE
+NOTE - This is not finished yet, anything can still change! - NOTE
 
 
 Vim9 classes, objects, interfaces, types and enums.
 
 1.  Overview			|Vim9-class-overview|
 2.  A simple class		|Vim9-simple-class|
-3.  Using an abstract class	|Vim9-abstract-class|
+3.  Class members and functions	|Vim9-class-member|
-4.  Using an interface		|Vim9-using-interface|
+4.  Using an abstract class	|Vim9-abstract-class|
-5.  More class details		|Vim9-class|
+5.  Using an interface		|Vim9-using-interface|
-6.  Type definition		|Vim9-type|
+6.  More class details		|Vim9-class|
-7.  Enum			|Vim9-enum|
+7.  Type definition		|Vim9-type|
+8.  Enum			|Vim9-enum|
 
 9.  Rationale
 10. To be done later
@@ -25,25 +26,25 @@ Vim9 classes, objects, interfaces, types and enums.
 1. Overview					*Vim9-class-overview*
 
 The fancy term is "object-oriented programming".  You can find lots of study
-material about this subject.  Here we document what |Vim9| script provides,
+material on this subject.  Here we document what |Vim9| script provides,
-assuming you know the basics already.  Added are helpful hints about how
+assuming you know the basics already.  Added are helpful hints about how to
-to use this functionality effectively.
+use this functionality effectively.
 
 The basic item is an object:
 - An object stores state.  It contains one or more variables that can each
   have a value.
-- An object usually provides functions that manipulate its state.  These
+- An object provides functions that use and manipulate its state.  These
   functions are invoked "on the object", which is what sets it apart from the
   traditional separation of data and code that manipulates the data.
 - An object has a well defined interface, with typed member variables and
   member functions.
-- Objects are created by a class and all objects have the same interface.
+- Objects are created from a class and all objects have the same interface.
-  This never changes, it is not dynamic.
+  This does not change at runtime, it is not dynamic.
 
 An object can only be created by a class.  A class provides:
 - A new() method, the constructor, which returns an object for the class.
   This method is invoked on the class name: MyClass.new().
-- State shared by all objects of the class: class variables and constants.
+- State shared by all objects of the class: class variables (class members).
 - A hierarchy of classes, with super-classes and sub-classes, inheritance.
 
 An interface is used to specify properties of an object:
@@ -62,17 +63,18 @@ teachers use real-world objects to explain class relations and you might think
 your model should therefore reflect the real world.  It doesn't!  The model
 should match your purpose.
 
-You will soon find that composition is often better than inheritance.  Don't
+Keep in mind that composition (an object contains other objects) is often
-waste time trying to find the optimal class model.  Or waste time discussing
+better than inheritance (an object extends another object).  Don't waste time
-whether a square is a rectangle or that a rectangle is a square.  It doesn't
+trying to find the optimal class model.  Or waste time discussing whether a
-matter.
+square is a rectangle or that a rectangle is a square.  It doesn't matter.
 
 
 ==============================================================================
 
 2.  A simple class				*Vim9-simple-class*
 
-Let's start with a simple example: a class that stores a text position: >
+Let's start with a simple example: a class that stores a text position (see
+below for how to do this more efficiently): >
 
 	class TextPosition
 	   this.lnum: number
@@ -96,7 +98,7 @@ Let's start with a simple example: a class that stores a text position: >
 	      this.col = col
 	   enddef
 	 endclass
-
+<							*object* *Object*
 You can create an object from this class with the new() method: >
 
 	var pos = TextPosition.new(1, 1)
@@ -104,10 +106,10 @@ You can create an object from this class with the new() method: >
 The object members "lnum" and "col" can be accessed directly: >
 
 	echo $'The text position is ({pos.lnum}, {pos.col})'
-
+<							*E1317* *E1327*
 If you have been using other object-oriented languages you will notice that
 in Vim the object members are consistently referred to with the "this."
-prefix.  This is different from languages like Java and TypeScript.  This
+prefix.  This is different from languages like Java and TypeScript.  The
 naming convention makes the object members easy to spot.  Also, when a
 variable does not have the "this." prefix you know it is not an object member.
 
@@ -117,9 +119,9 @@ Member write access ~
 Now try to change an object member directly: >
 
 	pos.lnum = 9
-
+<							*E1335*
 This will give you an error!  That is because by default object members can be
-read but not set.  That's why the class provides a method for it: >
+read but not set.  That's why the TextPosition class provides a method for it: >
 
 	pos.SetLnum(9)
 
@@ -128,19 +130,23 @@ way.  Most often there is no problem using a value, while setting a value may
 have side effects that need to be taken care of.  In this case, the SetLnum()
 method could check if the line number is valid and either give an error or use
 the closest valid value.
-
+							*:public* *E1331*
 If you don't care about side effects and want to allow the object member to be
 changed at any time, you can make it public: >
 
 	public this.lnum: number
-	public this.col number
+	public this.col: number
 
 Now you don't need the SetLnum(), SetCol() and SetPosition() methods, setting
 "pos.lnum" directly above will no longer give an error.
+							*E1334*
+If you try to set an object member that doesn't exist you get an error: >
+	pos.other = 9
+<	E1334: Object member not found: other ~
 
 
 Private members ~
-
+							*E1332* *E1333*
 On the other hand, if you do not want the object members to be read directly,
 you can make them private.  This is done by prefixing an underscore to the
 name: >
@@ -149,7 +155,7 @@ name: >
 	this._col number
 
 Now you need to provide methods to get the value of the private members.
-These are commonly call getters.  We recommend using a name that starts with
+These are commonly called getters.  We recommend using a name that starts with
 "Get": >
 
 	def GetLnum(): number
@@ -177,6 +183,7 @@ Simplifying the new() method ~
 Many constructors take values for the object members.  Thus you very often see
 this pattern: >
 
+	 class SomeClass
 	   this.lnum: number
 	   this.col: number
 
@@ -184,6 +191,7 @@ this pattern: >
 	      this.lnum = lnum
 	      this.col = col
 	   enddef
+	 endclass
 
 Not only is this text you need to write, it also has the type of each member
 twice.  Since this is so common a shorter way to write new() is provided: >
@@ -193,8 +201,24 @@ twice.  Since this is so common a shorter way to write new() is provided: >
 
 The semantics are easy to understand: Providing the object member name,
 including "this.", as the argument to new() means the value provided in the
-new() call is assigned to that object member.  This mechanism is coming from
+new() call is assigned to that object member.  This mechanism comes from the
-the Dart language.
+Dart language.
+
+Putting together this way of using new() and making the members public results
+in a much shorter class definition as what we started with: >
+
+	class TextPosition
+	   public this.lnum: number
+	   public this.col: number
+
+	   def new(this.lnum, this.col)
+	   enddef
+
+	   def SetPosition(lnum: number, col: number)
+	      this.lnum = lnum
+	      this.col = col
+	   enddef
+	 endclass
 
 The sequence of constructing a new object is:
 1. Memory is allocated and cleared.  All values are zero/false/empty.
@@ -204,22 +228,69 @@ The sequence of constructing a new object is:
 3. Arguments in the new() method in the "this.name" form are assigned.
 4. The body of the new() method is executed.
 
-TODO: for a sub-class the constructor of the parent class will be invoked
+If the class extends a parent class, the same thing happens.  In the second
-somewhere.
+step the members of the parent class are done first.  There is no need to call
-
+"super()" or "new()" on the parent.
 
 ==============================================================================
 
-3.  Using an abstract class			*Vim9-abstract-class*
+3.  class members and functions			*Vim9-class-member*
+
+						*:static* *E1337* *E1338*
+Class members are declared with "static".  They are used by the name without a
+prefix: >
+
+	class OtherThing
+	   this.size: number
+	   static totalSize: number
+
+	   def new(this.size)
+	      totalSize += this.size
+	   enddef
+	endclass
+<							*E1340* *E1341*
+Since the name is used as-is, shadowing the name by a function argument name
+or local variable name is not allowed.
+
+Just like object members the access can be made private by using an underscore
+as the first character in the name, and it can be made public by prefixing
+"public": >
+
+    class OtherThing
+	static total: number	      # anybody can read, only class can write
+	static _sum: number	      # only class can read and write
+	public static result: number  # anybody can read and write
+    endclass
+<
+							*class-function*
+Class functions are also declared with "static".  They have no access to
+object members, they cannot use the "this" keyword. >
+
+	class OtherThing
+	   this.size: number
+	   static totalSize: number
+
+	   # Clear the total size and return the value it had before.
+	   static def ClearTotalSize(): number
+	      var prev = totalSize
+	      totalSize = 0
+	      return prev
+	   enddef
+	endclass
+
+Inside the class the function can be called by name directly, outside the
+class the class name must be prefixed: `OtherThing.ClearTotalSize()`.
+
+==============================================================================
+
+4.  Using an abstract class			*Vim9-abstract-class*
 
 An abstract class forms the base for at least one sub-class.  In the class
 model one often finds that a few classes have the same properties that can be
-shared, but a class with those properties does not have enough state to create
+shared, but a class with these properties does not have enough state to create
 an object from.  A sub-class must extend the abstract class and add the
 missing state and/or methods before it can be used to create objects for.
 
-An abstract class does not have a new() method.
-
 For example, a Shape class could store a color and thickness.  You cannot
 create a Shape object, it is missing the information about what kind of shape
 it is.  The Shape class functions as the base for a Square and a Triangle
@@ -245,39 +316,13 @@ class, for which objects can be created.  Example: >
 	   enddef
 	endclass
 <
-						*class-member* *:static*
+An abstract class is defined the same way as a normal class, except that it
-Class members are declared with "static".  They are used by the name without a
+does not have any new() method. *E1359*
-prefix: >
-
-	class OtherThing
-	   this.size: number
-	   static totalSize: number
-
-	   def new(this.size)
-	      totalSize += this.size
-	   enddef
-	endclass
-<
-						*class-method*
-Class methods are also declared with "static".  They have no access to object
-members, they cannot use the "this" keyword. >
-
-	class OtherThing
-	   this.size: number
-	   static totalSize: number
-
-	   " Clear the total size and return the value it had before. 
-	   static def ClearTotalSize(): number
-	      var prev = totalSize
-	      totalSize = 0
-	      return prev
-	   enddef
-	endclass
 
 
 ==============================================================================
 
-4.  Using an interface				*Vim9-using-interface*
+5.  Using an interface				*Vim9-using-interface*
 
 The example above with Shape, Square and Triangle can be made more useful if
 we add a method to compute the surface of the object.  For that we create the
@@ -316,6 +361,9 @@ a number.  This example extends the one above: >
 	   enddef
 	endclass
 
+If a class declares to implement an interface, all the items specified in the
+interface must appear in the class, with the same types. *E1348* *E1349*
+
 The interface name can be used as a type: >
 
 	var shapes: list<HasSurface> = [
@@ -329,14 +377,14 @@ The interface name can be used as a type: >
 
 ==============================================================================
 
-5.  More class details					*Vim9-class*
+6.  More class details				*Vim9-class* *Class* *class*
 
 Defining a class ~
 					*:class* *:endclass* *:abstract*
 A class is defined between `:class` and `:endclass`.  The whole class is
 defined in one script file.  It is not possible to add to a class later.
 
-A class can only be defined in a |Vim9| script file.  *E1315*
+A class can only be defined in a |Vim9| script file.  *E1316*
 A class cannot be defined inside a function.
 
 It is possible to define more than one class in a script file.  Although it
@@ -361,22 +409,89 @@ these variants: >
 							*E1314*
 The class name should be CamelCased.  It must start with an uppercase letter.
 That avoids clashing with builtin types.
-
+							*E1315*
 After the class name these optional items can be used.  Each can appear only
 once.  They can appear in any order, although this order is recommended: >
 	extends ClassName
 	implements InterfaceName, OtherInterface
 	specifies SomeInterface
-<							*extends*
+<							*E1355*
-A class can extend one other class.
+Each member and function name can be used only once.  It is not possible to
-							*implements*
+define a function with the same name and different type of arguments.
-A class can implement one or more interfaces.
+
+
+Extending a class ~
+							*extends*
+A class can extend one other class. *E1352* *E1353* *E1354*
+The basic idea is to build on top of an existing class, add properties to it.
+
+The extended class is called the "base class" or "super class".  The new class
+is called the "child class".
+
+Object members from the base class are all taken over by the child class.  It
+is not possible to override them (unlike some other languages).
+
+						*E1356* *E1357* *E1358*
+Object methods of the base class can be overruled.  The signature (arguments,
+argument types and return type) must be exactly the same.  The method of the
+base class can be called by prefixing "super.".
+
+Other object methods of the base class are taken over by the child class.
+
+Class functions, including functions starting with "new", can be overruled,
+like with object methods.  The function on the base class can be called by
+prefixing the name of the class (for class functions) or "super.".
+
+Unlike other languages, the constructor of the base class does not need to be
+invoked.  In fact, it cannot be invoked.  If some initialization from the base
+class also needs to be done in a child class, put it in an object method and
+call that method from every constructor().
+
+If the base class did not specify a new() function then one was automatically
+created.  This function will not be taken over by the child class.  The child
+class can define its own new() function, or, if there isn't one, a new()
+function will be added automatically.
+
+
+A class implementing an interface ~
+						*implements* *E1346* *E1347*
+A class can implement one or more interfaces.  The "implements" keyword can
+only appear once *E1350* .  Multiple interfaces can be specified, separated by
+commas.  Each interface name can appear only once. *E1351*
+
+
+A class defining an interface ~
 							*specifies*
 A class can declare its interface, the object members and methods, with a
 named interface.  This avoids the need for separately specifying the
 interface, which is often done in many languages, especially Java.
 
 
+Items in a class ~
+						*E1318* *E1325* *E1326*
+Inside a class, in between `:class` and `:endclass`, these items can appear:
+- An object member declaration: >
+	this._memberName: memberType
+	this.memberName: memberType
+	public this.memberName: memberType
+- A constructor method: >
+	def new(arguments)
+	def newName(arguments)
+- An object method: >
+	def SomeMethod(arguments)
+<							*E1329*
+For the object member the type must be specified.  The best way is to do this
+explicitly with ": {type}".  For simple types you can also use an initializer,
+such as "= 123", and Vim will see that the type is a number.  Avoid doing this
+for more complex types and when the type will be incomplete.  For example: >
+	this.nameList = []
+This specifies a list, but the item type is unknown.  Better use: >
+	this.nameList: list<string>
+The initialization isn't needed, the list is empty by default.
+							*E1330*
+Some types cannot be used, such as "void", "null" and "v:none".
+
+
 Defining an interface ~
 						*:interface* *:endinterface*
 An interface is defined between `:interface` and `:endinterface`.  It may be
@@ -387,10 +502,10 @@ prefixed with `:export`: >
 
 	export interface InterfaceName
 	endinterface
-
+<							*E1344*
 An interface can declare object members, just like in a class but without any
 initializer.
-
+							*E1345*
 An interface can declare methods with `:def`, including the arguments and
 return type, but without the body and without `:enddef`.  Example: >
 
@@ -399,8 +514,19 @@ return type, but without the body and without `:enddef`.  Example: >
 	   def Surface(): number
 	endinterface
 
+An interface name must start with an uppercase letter. *E1343*
 The "Has" prefix can be used to make it easier to guess this is an interface
 name, with a hint about what it provides.
+An interface can only be defined in a |Vim9| script file.  *E1342*
+
+
+null object ~
+
+When a variable is declared to have the type of an object, but it is not
+initialized, the value is null.  When trying to use this null object Vim often
+does not know what class was supposed to be used.  Vim then cannot check if
+a member name is correct and you will get an "Using a null object" error,
+even when the member name is invalid. *E1360* *E1362*
 
 
 Default constructor ~
@@ -417,10 +543,35 @@ members, in the order they were specified.  Thus if your class looks like: >
 
 Then The default constructor will be: >
 
-	def new(this.name, this.age, this.gender)
+	def new(this.name = v:none, this.age = v:none, this.gender = v:none)
 	enddef
 
-All object members will be used, also private access ones.
+The "= v:none" default values make the arguments optional.  Thus you can also
+call `new()` without any arguments.  No assignment will happen and the default
+value for the object members will be used.  This is a more useful example,
+with default values: >
+
+	class TextPosition
+	   this.lnum: number = 1
+	   this.col: number = 1
+	endclass
+
+If you want the constructor to have mandatory arguments, you need to write it
+yourself.  For example, if for the AutoNew class above you insist on getting
+the name, you can define the constructor like this: >
+
+	def new(this.name, this.age = v:none, this.gender = v:none)
+	enddef
+<							*E1328*
+Note that you cannot use another default value than "v:none" here.  If you
+want to initialize the object members, do it where they are declared.  This
+way you only need to look in one place for the default values.
+
+All object members will be used in the default constructor, also private
+access ones.
+
+If the class extends another one, the object members of that class will come
+first.
 
 
 Multiple constructors ~
@@ -455,7 +606,7 @@ constructor methods.
 
 ==============================================================================
 
-6.  Type definition					*Vim9-type* *:type*
+7.  Type definition					*Vim9-type* *:type*
 
 A type definition is giving a name to a type specification.  For Example: >
 
@@ -466,7 +617,7 @@ TODO: more explanation
 
 ==============================================================================
 
-7.  Enum					*Vim9-enum* *:enum* *:endenum*
+8.  Enum					*Vim9-enum* *:enum* *:endenum*
 
 An enum is a type that can have one of a list of values.  Example: >
 
@@ -560,6 +711,22 @@ type checking will make sure it works as you intended.  This rules out
 polymorphism, which we don't really need anyway.
 
 
+Single inheritance and interfaces ~
+
+Some languages support multiple inheritance.  Although that can be useful in
+some cases, it makes the rules of how a class works quite complicated.
+Instead, using interfaces to declare what is supported is much simpler.  The
+very popular Java language does it this way, and it should be good enough for
+Vim.  The "keep it simple" rule applies here.
+
+Explicitly declaring that a class supports an interface makes it easy to see
+what a class is intended for.  It also makes it possible to do proper type
+checking.  When an interface is changed any class that declares to implement
+it will be checked if that change was also changed.  The mechanism to assume a
+class implements an interface just because the methods happen to match is
+brittle and leads to obscure problems, let's not do that.
+
+
 Using "this.member" everywhere ~
 
 The object members in various programming languages can often be accessed in
@@ -578,22 +745,6 @@ also directly clear which variable references are object members and which
 aren't.
 
 
-Single inheritance and interfaces ~
-
-Some languages support multiple inheritance.  Although that can be useful in
-some cases, it makes the rules of how a class works quite complicated.
-Instead, using interfaces to declare what is supported is much simpler.  The
-very popular Java language does it this way, and it should be good enough for
-Vim.  The "keep it simple" rule applies here.  
-
-Explicitly declaring that a class supports an interface makes it easy to see
-what a class is intended for.  It also makes it possible to do proper type
-checking.  When an interface is changed any class that declares to implement
-it will be checked if that change was also changed.  The mechanism to assume a
-class implements an interface just because the methods happen to match is
-brittle and leads to obscure problems, let's not do that.
-
-
 Using class members ~
 
 Using "static member" to declare a class member is very common, nothing new
@@ -608,6 +759,55 @@ quite a bit of space, and when the class is renamed all these places need to
 be changed too.
 
 
+Declaring object and class members ~
+
+The main choice is whether to use "var" as with variable declarations.
+TypeScript does not use it: >
+	class Point {
+	  x: number;
+	  y = 0;
+	}
+
+Following that Vim object members could be declared like this: >
+	class Point
+	  this.x: number
+	  this.y = 0
+	endclass
+
+Some users pointed out that this looks more like an assignment than a
+declaration.  Adding "var" changes that: >
+	class Point
+	  var this.x: number
+	  var this.y = 0
+	endclass
+
+We also need to be able to declare class members using the "static" keyword.
+There we can also choose to leave out "var": >
+	class Point
+	  var this.x: number
+	  static count = 0
+	endclass
+
+Or do use it, before "static": >
+	class Point
+	  var this.x: number
+	  var static count = 0
+	endclass
+
+Or after "static": >
+	class Point
+	  var this.x: number
+	  static var count = 0
+	endclass
+
+This is more in line with "static def Func()".
+
+There is no clear preference whether to use "var" or not.  The two main
+reasons to leave it out are:
+1. TypeScript, Java and other popular languages do not use it.
+2. Less clutter.
+
+
 Using "ClassName.new()" to construct an object ~
 
 Many languages use the "new" operator to create an object, which is actually

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2022 Dec 05
+" Last Change:	2023 Feb 25
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -110,9 +110,11 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.a65			setf a65
 " Applescript
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.scpt			setf applescript
 
+" Automake (must be before the *.am pattern)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead [mM]akefile.am,GNUmakefile.am	setf automake
+
 " Applix ELF
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.am
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.am			setf elf
-	\ if expand("<afile>") !~? 'Makefile.am\>' | setf elf | endif
 
 " ALSA configuration
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .asoundrc,*/usr/share/alsa/alsa.conf,*/etc/asound.conf setf alsaconf
@@ -187,9 +189,6 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.au3			setf autoit
 " Autohotkey
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ahk			setf autohotkey
 
-" Automake
-au BufNewFile,BufRead [mM]akefile.am,GNUmakefile.am	setf automake
-
 " Autotest .at files are actually m4
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.at			setf m4
 
@@ -206,6 +205,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mch,*.ref,*.imp		setf b
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bas			call dist#ft#FTbas()
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bi,*.bm			call dist#ft#FTbas()
 
+" Bass
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bass			setf bass
+
 " Visual Basic Script (close to Visual Basic) or Visual Basic .NET
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vb,*.vbs,*.dsm,*.ctl	setf vb
 
@@ -265,7 +267,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/blkid.tab,*/etc/blkid.tab.old   setf xml
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bsd,*.bsdl			setf bsdl
 
 " Bazel (http://bazel.io)
-autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.bzl,*.bazel,WORKSPACE	setf bzl
+autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.bzl,*.bazel,WORKSPACE,WORKSPACE.bzlmod	setf bzl
 if has("fname_case")
   " There is another check for BUILD further below.
   autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.BUILD,BUILD		setf bzl
@@ -278,6 +280,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lpc,*.ulpc		setf lpc
 " Calendar
 au BufNewFile,BufRead calendar			setf calendar
 
+" Cap'n Proto
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.capnp			setf capnp
+
 " C#
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cs,*.csx		setf cs
 
@@ -308,6 +313,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cdl			setf cdl
 " Conary Recipe
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.recipe			setf conaryrecipe
 
+" ChainPack Object Notation (CPON)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cpon			setf cpon
+
 " Controllable Regex Mutilator
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.crm			setf crm
 
@@ -369,6 +377,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ch			call dist#ft#FTchange()
 " ChordPro
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.chopro,*.crd,*.cho,*.crdpro,*.chordpro	setf chordpro
 
+" Clangd
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .clangd			setf yaml
+
 " Clang-format
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .clang-format		setf yaml
 
@@ -431,6 +442,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.csv			setf csv
 " CUDA Compute Unified Device Architecture
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cu,*.cuh		setf cuda
 
+" Cue
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cue			setf cue
+
 " Dockerfile; Podman uses the same syntax with name Containerfile
 " Also see Dockerfile.* below.
 au BufNewFile,BufRead Containerfile,Dockerfile,dockerfile,*.[dD]ockerfile	setf dockerfile
@@ -514,6 +528,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/apt/sources.list.d/*.list	setf debsources
 " Deny hosts
 au BufNewFile,BufRead denyhosts.conf		setf denyhosts
 
+" Dhall
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dhall			setf dhall
+
 " dnsmasq(8) configuration files
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/dnsmasq.conf	setf dnsmasq
 
@@ -606,8 +623,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.edn
 	\   setf clojure |
 	\ endif
 
-" EditorConfig (close enough to dosini)
+" EditorConfig
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .editorconfig		setf dosini
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .editorconfig		setf editorconfig
 
 " Embedix Component Description
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ecd			setf ecd
@@ -627,6 +644,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.elm			setf elm
 " Elm Filter Rules file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead filter-rules		setf elmfilt
 
+" Elsa - https://github.com/ucsd-progsys/elsa
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lc			setf elsa
+
 " ESMTP rc file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *esmtprc			setf esmtprc
 
@@ -663,6 +683,9 @@ autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.fnl		setf fennel
 " Fetchmail RC file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .fetchmailrc		setf fetchmail
 
+" FIRRTL - Flexible Internal Representation for RTL
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fir			setf firrtl
+
 " Fish shell
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fish			setf fish
 
@@ -695,12 +718,18 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fsl			setf framescript
 " FStab
 au BufNewFile,BufRead fstab,mtab		setf fstab
 
+" Func
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fc			setf func
+
 " Fusion
 au BufRead,BufNewFile *.fusion			setf fusion
 
 " F# or Forth
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fs			call dist#ft#FTfs()
 
+" FHIR Shorthand (FSH)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fsh			setf fsh
+
 " F#
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.fsi,*.fsx		setf fsharp
 
@@ -847,6 +876,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.htpp			setf hastepreproc
 " HCL
 au BufRead,BufNewFile *.hcl			setf hcl
 
+" Go checksum file (must be before *.sum Hercules)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead go.sum,go.work.sum	setf gosum
+
 " Hercules
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vc,*.ev,*.sum,*.errsum	setf hercules
 
@@ -993,23 +1025,27 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jgr			setf jgraph
 " Jovial
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jov,*.j73,*.jovial	setf jovial
 
-" JSON
+" Jq
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.json,*.jsonp,*.webmanifest	setf json
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jq			setf jq
 
 " JSON5
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.json5			setf json5
 
 " JSON Patch (RFC 6902)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.json-patch			setf json
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.json-patch		setf json
 
 " Jupyter Notebook is also json
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ipynb				setf json
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ipynb			setf json
 
 " Other files that look like json
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .babelrc,.eslintrc,.prettierrc,.firebaserc  setf json
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .prettierrc,.firebaserc,.stylelintrc	setf json
 
-" JSONC
+" JSONC (JSON with comments)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsonc			setf jsonc
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsonc,.babelrc,.eslintrc,.jsfmtrc	setf jsonc
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .jshintrc,.hintrc,.swrc,[jt]sconfig*.json	setf jsonc
+
+" JSON
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.json,*.jsonp,*.webmanifest	setf json
 
 " Jsonnet
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsonnet,*.libsonnet	setf jsonnet
@@ -1017,6 +1053,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsonnet,*.libsonnet	setf jsonnet
 " Julia
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jl			setf julia
 
+" KDL
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.kdl			setf kdl
+
 " Kixtart
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.kix			setf kix
 
@@ -1240,6 +1279,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.[mi][3g]		setf modula3
 " Larch/Modula-3
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.lm3			setf modula3
 
+" Modconf
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/modules.conf,*/etc/modules,*/etc/conf.modules setf modconf
+
 " Monk
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.isc,*.monk,*.ssc,*.tsc	setf monk
 
@@ -1249,8 +1291,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.moo			setf moo
 " Moonscript
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.moon			setf moonscript
 
-" Modconf
+" Move language
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/modules.conf,*/etc/modules,*/etc/conf.modules setf modconf
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.move			setf move
 
 " MPD is based on XML
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mpd			setf xml
@@ -1387,6 +1429,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead pf.conf				setf pf
 " ini style config files, using # comments
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/pacman.conf,mpv.conf	setf confini
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */.aws/config,*/.aws/credentials	setf confini
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.nmconnection			setf confini
 
 " Pacman hooks
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hook
@@ -1491,7 +1534,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.plp			setf plp
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.po,*.pot		setf po
 
 " Postfix main config
-au BufNewFile,BufRead main.cf			setf pfmain
+au BufNewFile,BufRead main.cf,main.cf.proto	setf pfmain
 
 " PostScript (+ font files, encapsulated PostScript, Adobe Illustrator)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ps,*.pfa,*.afm,*.eps,*.epsf,*.epsi,*.ai	  setf postscr
@@ -1601,7 +1644,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ptl,*.pyi,SConstruct		   setf python
 au BufRead,BufNewFile *.ql,*.qll		setf ql
 
 " Quarto
-au BufRead,BufNewFile *.qmd     setf quarto
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.qmd			setf quarto
 
 " Radiance
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rad,*.mat		setf radiance
@@ -1692,12 +1735,15 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.robot,*.resource	setf robot
 " Robots.txt
 au BufNewFile,BufRead robots.txt		setf robots
 
-" Rpcgen
+" RON (Rusty Object Notation)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.x			setf rpcgen
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ron			setf ron
 
 " MikroTik RouterOS script
 au BufRead,BufNewFile *.rsc			setf routeros
 
+" Rpcgen
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.x			setf rpcgen
+
 " reStructuredText Documentation Format
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rst			setf rst
 
@@ -1886,10 +1932,16 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sst.meta,*.-sst.meta,*._sst.meta setf sisu
 " SKILL
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.il,*.ils,*.cdf		setf skill
 
+" Cadence
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cdc			setf cdc
+
 " SLRN
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .slrnrc			setf slrnrc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.score			setf slrnsc
 
+" Smali
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.smali			setf smali
+
 " Smalltalk
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.st			setf st
 
@@ -1918,6 +1970,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.smi
 " SMITH
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.smt,*.smith		setf smith
 
+" Smithy
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.smithy			setf smithy
+
 " Snobol4 and spitbol
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sno,*.spt		setf snobol4
 
@@ -1965,6 +2020,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sql			call dist#ft#SQL()
 " SQLJ
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sqlj			setf sqlj
 
+" PRQL
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.prql			setf prql
+
 " SQR
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sqr,*.sqi		setf sqr
 
@@ -1979,6 +2037,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/ssh/ssh_config.d/*.conf		setf sshconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead sshd_config			setf sshdconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/ssh/sshd_config.d/*.conf	setf sshdconfig
 
+" Starlark
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ipd,*.star,*.starlark	setf starlark
+
 " OpenVPN configuration
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ovpn			setf openvpn
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */openvpn/*/*.conf	setf openvpn
@@ -2088,6 +2149,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.texinfo,*.texi,*.txi	setf texinfo
 " TeX configuration
 au BufNewFile,BufRead texmf.cnf			setf texmf
 
+" Thrift (Apache)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.thrift			setf thrift
+
 " Tidy config
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .tidyrc,tidyrc,tidy.conf	setf tidy
 
@@ -2156,6 +2220,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/udev/permissions.d/*.permissions setf udevperm
 " Udev symlinks config
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/udev/cdsymlinks.conf	setf sh
 
+" Ungrammar, AKA Un-grammar
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ungram			setf ungrammar
+
 " UnrealScript
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.uc			setf uc
 
@@ -2392,6 +2459,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.conf		setf dosini
 " YANG
 au BufRead,BufNewFile *.yang			setf yang
 
+" Yuck
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.yuck			setf yuck
+
 " Zimbu
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zu			setf zimbu
 " Zimbu Templates

runtime/ftplugin/debchangelog.vim

@@ -3,9 +3,9 @@
 " Maintainer:   Debian Vim Maintainers <team+vim@tracker.debian.org>
 " Former Maintainers:   Michael Piefel <piefel@informatik.hu-berlin.de>
 "                       Stefano Zacchiroli <zack@debian.org>
-" Last Change:  2022 Jul 25
+" Last Change:  2023 Jan 16
 " License:      Vim License
-" URL:          https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/master/ftplugin/debchangelog.vim
+" URL:          https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/main/ftplugin/debchangelog.vim
 
 " Bug completion requires apt-listbugs installed for Debian packages or
 " python-launchpadlib installed for Ubuntu packages
@@ -35,14 +35,14 @@ if exists('g:did_changelog_ftplugin')
   finish
 endif
 
+" Don't load another plugin (this is global)
+let g:did_changelog_ftplugin = 1
+
 " Make sure the '<' and 'C' flags are not included in 'cpoptions', otherwise
 " <CR> would not be recognized.  See ":help 'cpoptions'".
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-" Don't load another plugin (this is global)
-let g:did_changelog_ftplugin = 1
-
 " {{{1 GUI menu
 
 " Helper functions returning various data.

runtime/ftplugin/debcontrol.vim

@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
 " Language:     Debian control files
 " Maintainer:   Debian Vim Maintainers
 " Former Maintainer:    Pierre Habouzit <madcoder@debian.org>
-" Last Change:  2018-01-28
+" Last Change:  2023 Jan 16
-" URL:          https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/master/ftplugin/debcontrol.vim
+" URL:          https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/main/ftplugin/debcontrol.vim
 
 " Do these settings once per buffer
 if exists('b:did_ftplugin')

runtime/ftplugin/dosbatch.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:    MS-DOS .bat files
+" Language:    MS-DOS/Windows .bat files
-" Maintainer:  Mike Williams <mrw@eandem.co.uk>
+" Maintainer:  Mike Williams <mrmrdubya@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 7th May 2020
+" Last Change: 12th February 2023
+"
+" Options Flags:
+" dosbatch_colons_comment       - any value to treat :: as comment line
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -15,8 +18,13 @@ let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
 " BAT comment formatting
-setlocal comments=b:rem,b:@rem,b:REM,b:@REM,:::
+setlocal comments=b:rem,b:@rem,b:REM,b:@REM
-setlocal commentstring=::\ %s
+if exists("dosbatch_colons_comment")
+  setlocal comments+=:::
+  setlocal commentstring=::\ %s
+else
+  setlocal commentstring=REM\ %s
+endif
 setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=rol
 
 " Lookup DOS keywords using Windows command help.

runtime/ftplugin/fish.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:     fish
+" Maintainer:   Nicholas Boyle (github.com/nickeb96)
+" Repository:   https://github.com/nickeb96/fish.vim
+" Last Change:  February 1, 2023
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+    finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+setlocal iskeyword=@,48-57,_,192-255,-,.
+setlocal comments=:#
+setlocal commentstring=#%s
+setlocal formatoptions+=crjq

runtime/ftplugin/logcheck.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:    Logcheck
 " Maintainer:  Debian Vim Maintainers
-" Last Change: 2018 Dec 27
+" Last Change: 2023 Jan 16
 " License:     Vim License
-" URL: https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/master/ftplugin/logcheck.vim
+" URL: https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/main/ftplugin/logcheck.vim
 
 if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
     finish

runtime/ftplugin/quarto.vim

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+runtime ftplugin/rmd.vim

runtime/ftplugin/r.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language: R
 " Maintainer: Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
 " Homepage: https://github.com/jalvesaq/R-Vim-runtime
-" Last Change:	Sat Aug 15, 2020  11:37AM
+" Last Change:	Sun Apr 24, 2022  09:14AM
 
 " Only do this when not yet done for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ setlocal comments=:#',:###,:##,:#
 
 if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")
   let b:browsefilter = "R Source Files (*.R)\t*.R\n" .
-        \ "Files that include R (*.Rnw *.Rd *.Rmd *.Rrst)\t*.Rnw;*.Rd;*.Rmd;*.Rrst\n" .
+        \ "Files that include R (*.Rnw *.Rd *.Rmd *.Rrst *.qmd)\t*.Rnw;*.Rd;*.Rmd;*.Rrst;*.qmd\n" .
         \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/readline.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:             readline(3) configuration file
+" Language:		readline(3) configuration file
-" Previous Maintainer:  Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Latest Revision:      2008-07-09
+" Previous Maintainer:	Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Last Change:		2022 Dec 09
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
@@ -11,9 +12,25 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
+setlocal comments=:#
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
+setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
+
 let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< cms< fo<"
 
-setlocal comments=:# commentstring=#\ %s formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
+if exists("loaded_matchit") && !exists("b:match_words")
+  let b:match_ignorecase = 0
+  let b:match_words = '$if:$else:$endif'
+  let b:undo_ftplugin ..= " | unlet! b:match_ignorecase b:match_words"
+endif
+
+if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+  let b:browsefilter = "Readline Intialization Files (inputrc .inputrc)\tinputrc;*.inputrc\n" ..
+	\	       "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
+  let b:undo_ftplugin ..= " | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+endif
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2 ts=8 noet:

runtime/ftplugin/rhelp.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language: R help file
 " Maintainer: Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
 " Homepage: https://github.com/jalvesaq/R-Vim-runtime
-" Last Change:	Sat Aug 15, 2020  12:01PM
+" Last Change:	Sun Apr 24, 2022  09:12AM
 
 " Only do this when not yet done for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ set cpo&vim
 setlocal iskeyword=@,48-57,_,.
 
 if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")
-  let b:browsefilter = "R Source Files (*.R *.Rnw *.Rd *.Rmd *.Rrst)\t*.R;*.Rnw;*.Rd;*.Rmd;*.Rrst\n" .
+  let b:browsefilter = "R Source Files (*.R *.Rnw *.Rd *.Rmd *.Rrst *.qmd)\t*.R;*.Rnw;*.Rd;*.Rmd;*.Rrst;*.qmd\n" .
         \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/rmd.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language: R Markdown file
 " Maintainer: Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
 " Homepage: https://github.com/jalvesaq/R-Vim-runtime
-" Last Change:	Sat Aug 15, 2020  12:03PM
+" Last Change:	Sun Apr 24, 2022  09:12AM
 " Original work by Alex Zvoleff (adjusted from R help for rmd by Michel Kuhlmann)
 
 " Only do this when not yet done for this buffer
@@ -32,13 +32,24 @@ function! FormatRmd()
   return 1
 endfunction
 
-" If you do not want 'comments' dynamically defined, put in your vimrc:
+function! SetRmdCommentStr()
-" let g:rmd_dynamic_comments = 0
+    if (search("^[ \t]*```[ ]*{r", "bncW") > search("^[ \t]*```$", "bncW")) || ((search('^---$', 'Wn') || search('^\.\.\.$', 'Wn')) && search('^---$', 'bnW'))
+        set commentstring=#\ %s
+    else
+        set commentstring=<!--\ %s\ -->
+    endif
+endfunction
+
+" If you do not want both 'comments' and 'commentstring' dynamically defined,
+" put in your vimrc: let g:rmd_dynamic_comments = 0
 if !exists("g:rmd_dynamic_comments") || (exists("g:rmd_dynamic_comments") && g:rmd_dynamic_comments == 1)
   setlocal formatexpr=FormatRmd()
+  augroup RmdCStr
+    autocmd!
+    autocmd CursorMoved <buffer> call SetRmdCommentStr()
+  augroup END
 endif
 
-
 " Enables pandoc if it is installed
 unlet! b:did_ftplugin
 runtime ftplugin/pandoc.vim
@@ -47,7 +58,7 @@ runtime ftplugin/pandoc.vim
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
 if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")
-  let b:browsefilter = "R Source Files (*.R *.Rnw *.Rd *.Rmd *.Rrst)\t*.R;*.Rnw;*.Rd;*.Rmd;*.Rrst\n" .
+  let b:browsefilter = "R Source Files (*.R *.Rnw *.Rd *.Rmd *.Rrst *.qmd)\t*.R;*.Rnw;*.Rd;*.Rmd;*.Rrst;*.qmd\n" .
         \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/rnoweb.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language: Rnoweb
 " Maintainer: Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
 " Homepage: https://github.com/jalvesaq/R-Vim-runtime
-" Last Change:	Sat Aug 15, 2020  12:02PM
+" Last Change:	Sun Apr 24, 2022  09:13AM
 
 " Only do this when not yet done for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -25,10 +25,27 @@ setlocal suffixesadd=.bib,.tex
 setlocal comments=b:%,b:#,b:##,b:###,b:#'
 
 if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")
-  let b:browsefilter = "R Source Files (*.R *.Rnw *.Rd *.Rmd *.Rrst)\t*.R;*.Rnw;*.Rd;*.Rmd;*.Rrst\n" .
+  let b:browsefilter = "R Source Files (*.R *.Rnw *.Rd *.Rmd *.Rrst *.qmd)\t*.R;*.Rnw;*.Rd;*.Rmd;*.Rrst;*.qmd\n" .
         \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif
 
+function! SetRnwCommentStr()
+    if (search("^\s*<<.*>>=", "bncW") > search("^@", "bncW"))
+        set commentstring=#\ %s
+    else
+        set commentstring=%\ %s
+    endif
+endfunction
+
+" If you do not want both 'comments' and 'commentstring' dynamically defined,
+" put in your vimrc: let g:rnw_dynamic_comments = 0
+if !exists("g:rnw_dynamic_comments") || (exists("g:rnw_dynamic_comments") && g:rnw_dynamic_comments == 1)
+  augroup RnwCStr
+    autocmd!
+    autocmd CursorMoved <buffer> call SetRnwCommentStr()
+  augroup END
+endif
+
 if exists('b:undo_ftplugin')
   let b:undo_ftplugin .= " | setl isk< sua< com< | unlet! b:browsefilter"
 else

runtime/ftplugin/rrst.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language: reStructuredText documentation format with R code
 " Maintainer: Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
 " Homepage: https://github.com/jalvesaq/R-Vim-runtime
-" Last Change:	Sat Aug 15, 2020  12:02PM
+" Last Change:	Sun Apr 24, 2022  09:13AM
 " Original work by Alex Zvoleff
 
 " Only do this when not yet done for this buffer
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ if !exists("g:rrst_dynamic_comments") || (exists("g:rrst_dynamic_comments") && g
 endif
 
 if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")
-  let b:browsefilter = "R Source Files (*.R *.Rnw *.Rd *.Rmd *.Rrst)\t*.R;*.Rnw;*.Rd;*.Rmd;*.Rrst\n" .
+  let b:browsefilter = "R Source Files (*.R *.Rnw *.Rd *.Rmd *.Rrst *.qmd)\t*.R;*.Rnw;*.Rd;*.Rmd;*.Rrst;*.qmd\n" .
         \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/vim.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	Vim
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2022 Nov 27
+" Last Change:	2023 Feb 07
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -99,18 +99,23 @@ if exists("loaded_matchit")
   "   func name
   " require a parenthesis following, then there can be an "endfunc".
   let b:match_words =
-	\ '\<\%(fu\%[nction]\|def\)!\=\s\+\S\+\s*(:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<retu\%[rn]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<\%(endf\%[unction]\|enddef\)\>,' .
+	\ '\<\%(fu\%[nction]\|def\)!\=\s\+\S\+\s*(:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<retu\%[rn]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<\%(endf\%[unction]\|enddef\)\>,' ..
- 	\ '\<\(wh\%[ile]\|for\)\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<brea\%[k]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<con\%[tinue]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<end\(w\%[hile]\|fo\%[r]\)\>,' .
+	\ '\<\%(wh\%[ile]\|for\)\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<brea\%[k]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<con\%[tinue]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<end\%(w\%[hile]\|fo\%[r]\)\>,' ..
-	\ '\<if\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<el\%[seif]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<en\%[dif]\>,' .
+	\ '\<if\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<el\%[seif]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<en\%[dif]\>,' ..
-	\ '{:},' .
+	\ '{:},' ..
-	\ '\<try\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<cat\%[ch]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<fina\%[lly]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<endt\%[ry]\>,' .
+	\ '\<try\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<cat\%[ch]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<fina\%[lly]\>:\%(\%(^\||\)\s*\)\@<=\<endt\%[ry]\>,' ..
-	\ '\<aug\%[roup]\s\+\%(END\>\)\@!\S:\<aug\%[roup]\s\+END\>,'
+	\ '\<aug\%[roup]\s\+\%(END\>\)\@!\S:\<aug\%[roup]\s\+END\>,' ..
+	\ '\<class\>:\<endclass\>,' ..
+	\ '\<inte\%[rface]\>:\<endinterface\>,' ..
+	\ '\<enu\%[m]\>:\<endenum\>,'
+
   " Ignore syntax region commands and settings, any 'en*' would clobber
   " if-endif.
   " - set spl=de,en
   " - au! FileType javascript syntax region foldBraces start=/{/ end=/}/ …
-  let b:match_skip = 'synIDattr(synID(line("."),col("."),1),"name")
+  " Also ignore here-doc and dictionary keys (vimVar).
-        \ =~? "comment\\|string\\|vimLetHereDoc\\|vimSynReg\\|vimSet"'
+  let b:match_skip = 'synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 1), "name")
+	\ =~? "comment\\|string\\|vimSynReg\\|vimSet\\|vimLetHereDoc\\|vimVar"'
 endif
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save

runtime/indent/fish.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:     fish
+" Maintainer:   Nicholas Boyle (github.com/nickeb96)
+" Repository:   https://github.com/nickeb96/fish.vim
+" Last Change:  February 4, 2023
+
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+    finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+setlocal indentexpr=GetFishIndent(v:lnum)
+setlocal indentkeys+==end,=else,=case
+
+function s:PrevCmdStart(linenum)
+    let l:linenum = a:linenum
+    " look for the first line that isn't a line continuation
+    while l:linenum > 1 && getline(l:linenum - 1) =~# '\\$'
+        let l:linenum = l:linenum - 1
+    endwhile
+    return l:linenum
+endfunction
+
+function GetFishIndent(lnum)
+    let l:shiftwidth = shiftwidth()
+
+    let l:prevlnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum - 1)
+    if l:prevlnum ==# 0
+        return 0
+    endif
+
+    " if the previous line ended with a line continuation
+    if getline(a:lnum - 1) =~# '\\$'
+        if a:lnum ==# 0 || getline(a:lnum - 2) !~# '\\$'
+            " this is the first line continuation in a chain, so indent it
+            return indent(a:lnum - 1) + l:shiftwidth
+        else
+            " use the same indentation as the previous continued line
+            return indent(a:lnum - 1)
+        endif
+    endif
+
+    let l:prevlnum = s:PrevCmdStart(l:prevlnum)
+
+    let l:prevline = getline(l:prevlnum)
+    if l:prevline =~# '^\s*\(begin\|if\|else\|while\|for\|function\|case\|switch\)\>'
+        let l:indent = l:shiftwidth
+    else
+        let l:indent = 0
+    endif
+
+    let l:line = getline(a:lnum)
+    if l:line =~# '^\s*end\>'
+        " find end's matching start
+        let l:depth = 1
+        let l:currentlnum = a:lnum
+        while l:depth > 0 && l:currentlnum > 0
+            let l:currentlnum = s:PrevCmdStart(prevnonblank(l:currentlnum - 1))
+            let l:currentline = getline(l:currentlnum)
+            if l:currentline =~# '^\s*end\>'
+                let l:depth = l:depth + 1
+            elseif l:currentline =~# '^\s*\(begin\|if\|while\|for\|function\|switch\)\>'
+                let l:depth = l:depth - 1
+            endif
+        endwhile
+        if l:currentline =~# '^\s*switch\>'
+            return indent(l:currentlnum)
+        else
+            return indent(l:prevlnum) + l:indent - l:shiftwidth
+        endif
+    elseif l:line =~# '^\s*else\>'
+        return indent(l:prevlnum) + l:indent - l:shiftwidth
+    elseif l:line =~# '^\s*case\>'
+        if getline(l:prevlnum) =~# '^\s*switch\>'
+            return indent(l:prevlnum) + l:indent
+        else
+            return indent(l:prevlnum) + l:indent - l:shiftwidth
+        endif
+    else
+        return indent(l:prevlnum) + l:indent
+    endif
+endfunction

runtime/indent/nginx.vim

@@ -1,19 +1,78 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language: nginx.conf
 " Maintainer: Chris Aumann <me@chr4.org>
-" Last Change:  2022 Apr 06
+" Last Change:  2022 Dec 01
 
-if exists("b:did_indent")
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
-    finish
+if exists('b:did_indent')
+  finish
 endif
 let b:did_indent = 1
 
-setlocal indentexpr=
+setlocal indentexpr=GetNginxIndent()
 
-" cindent actually works for nginx' simple file structure
+setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},0#,!^F,o,O
-setlocal cindent
 
-" Just make sure that the comments are not reset as defs would be.
+let b:undo_indent = 'setl inde< indk<'
-setlocal cinkeys-=0#
 
-let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< cin< cink<"
+" Only define the function once.
+if exists('*GetNginxIndent')
+  finish
+endif
+
+function GetNginxIndent() abort
+  let plnum = s:PrevNotAsBlank(v:lnum - 1)
+
+  " Hit the start of the file, use zero indent.
+  if plnum == 0
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  let ind = indent(plnum)
+
+  " Add a 'shiftwidth' after '{'
+  if s:AsEndWith(getline(plnum), '{')
+    let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
+  end
+
+  " Subtract a 'shiftwidth' on '}'
+  " This is the part that requires 'indentkeys'.
+  if getline(v:lnum) =~ '^\s*}'
+    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
+  endif
+
+  let pplnum = s:PrevNotAsBlank(plnum - 1)
+
+  if s:IsLineContinuation(plnum)
+    if !s:IsLineContinuation(pplnum)
+      let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
+    end
+  else
+    if s:IsLineContinuation(pplnum)
+      let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
+    end
+  endif
+
+  return ind
+endfunction
+
+" Find the first line at or above {lnum} that is non-blank and not a comment.
+function s:PrevNotAsBlank(lnum) abort
+  let lnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum)
+  while lnum > 0
+    if getline(lnum) !~ '^\s*#'
+      break
+    endif
+    let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
+  endwhile
+  return lnum
+endfunction
+
+" Check whether {line} ends with {pat}, ignoring trailing comments.
+function s:AsEndWith(line, pat) abort
+  return a:line =~ a:pat . '\m\s*\%(#.*\)\?$'
+endfunction
+
+function s:IsLineContinuation(lnum) abort
+  return a:lnum > 0 && !s:AsEndWith(getline(a:lnum), '[;{}]')
+endfunction

runtime/indent/quarto.vim

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+runtime indent/rmd.vim

runtime/indent/r.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	R
 " Author:	Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
 " Homepage:     https://github.com/jalvesaq/R-Vim-runtime
-" Last Change:	Sun Aug 19, 2018  09:13PM
+" Last Change:	Wed Oct 26, 2022  12:04PM
 
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
@@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},:,!^F,o,O,e
 setlocal indentexpr=GetRIndent()
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk<"
+
 " Only define the function once.
 if exists("*GetRIndent")
   finish
@@ -28,7 +30,7 @@ let g:r_indent_ess_comments   = get(g:, 'r_indent_ess_comments',    0)
 let g:r_indent_comment_column = get(g:, 'r_indent_comment_column', 40)
 let g:r_indent_ess_compatible = get(g:, 'r_indent_ess_compatible',  0)
 let g:r_indent_op_pattern     = get(g:, 'r_indent_op_pattern',
-      \ '\(&\||\|+\|-\|\*\|/\|=\|\~\|%\|->\)\s*$')
+      \ '\(&\||\|+\|-\|\*\|/\|=\|\~\|%\|->\||>\)\s*$')
 
 function s:RDelete_quotes(line)
   let i = 0
@@ -359,17 +361,19 @@ function GetRIndent()
   let olnum = s:Get_prev_line(lnum)
   let oline = getline(olnum)
   if olnum > 0
-    if line =~ g:r_indent_op_pattern && s:Get_paren_balance(line, "(", ")") == 0
+    if substitute(line, '#.*', '', '') =~ g:r_indent_op_pattern && s:Get_paren_balance(line, "(", ")") == 0
-      if oline =~ g:r_indent_op_pattern && s:Get_paren_balance(line, "(", ")") == 0
+      if substitute(oline, '#.*', '', '') =~ g:r_indent_op_pattern && s:Get_paren_balance(line, "(", ")") == 0
         return indent(lnum)
       else
         return indent(lnum) + shiftwidth()
       endif
     else
-      if oline =~ g:r_indent_op_pattern && s:Get_paren_balance(line, "(", ")") == 0
+      if substitute(oline, '#.*', '', '') =~ g:r_indent_op_pattern && s:Get_paren_balance(line, "(", ")") == 0
         return indent(lnum) - shiftwidth()
       endif
     endif
+  elseif substitute(line, '#.*', '', '') =~ g:r_indent_op_pattern && s:Get_paren_balance(line, "(", ")") == 0
+    return indent(lnum) + shiftwidth()
   endif
 
   let post_fun = 0

runtime/indent/rhelp.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	R Documentation (Help), *.Rd
 " Author:	Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
 " Homepage:     https://github.com/jalvesaq/R-Vim-runtime
-" Last Change:	Tue Apr 07, 2015  04:38PM
+" Last Change:	Feb 25, 2023
 
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
@@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ setlocal nolisp
 setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},:,!^F,o,O,e
 setlocal indentexpr=GetCorrectRHelpIndent()
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl ai< cin< inde< indk< <lisp <si"
+
 " Only define the functions once.
 if exists("*GetRHelpIndent")
   finish

runtime/indent/rmd.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	Rmd
 " Author:	Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
 " Homepage:     https://github.com/jalvesaq/R-Vim-runtime
-" Last Change:	Sun Mar 28, 2021  08:05PM
+" Last Change:	Wed Nov 09, 2022  09:44PM
 
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
@@ -16,6 +16,8 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},<:>,!^F,o,O,e
 setlocal indentexpr=GetRmdIndent()
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk<"
+
 if exists("*GetRmdIndent")
   finish
 endif
@@ -47,6 +49,8 @@ function s:GetMdIndent()
     return indent(v:lnum - 1) + 2
   elseif pline =~ '^\s*\d\+\.\s\+'
     return indent(v:lnum - 1) + 3
+  elseif pline =~ '^\[\^\S\+\]: '
+    return indent(v:lnum - 1) + shiftwidth()
   endif
   return indent(prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1))
 endfunction

runtime/indent/rnoweb.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	Rnoweb
 " Author:	Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
 " Homepage:     https://github.com/jalvesaq/R-Vim-runtime
-" Last Change:	Fri Apr 15, 2016  10:58PM
+" Last Change:	Feb 25, 2023
 
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
@@ -29,6 +29,8 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},!^F,o,O,e,},=\bibitem,=\item
 setlocal indentexpr=GetRnowebIndent()
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk<"
+
 if exists("*GetRnowebIndent")
   finish
 endif

runtime/indent/rrst.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	Rrst
 " Author:	Jakson Alves de Aquino <jalvesaq@gmail.com>
 " Homepage:     https://github.com/jalvesaq/R-Vim-runtime
-" Last Change:	Tue Apr 07, 2015  04:38PM
+" Last Change:	Feb 25, 2023
 
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
@@ -16,6 +16,8 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 setlocal indentkeys=0{,0},:,!^F,o,O,e
 setlocal indentexpr=GetRrstIndent()
 
+let b:undo_indent = "setl inde< indk<"
+
 if exists("*GetRrstIndent")
   finish
 endif

runtime/indent/testdir/vb.in

@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+' vim: filetype=vb shiftwidth=4 expandtab
+'
+' START_INDENT
+Public Type GEmployeeRecord     ' Create user-defined type. 
+ID As Integer               ' Define elements of data type. 
+Name As String * 20 
+Address As String * 30 
+Phone As Long 
+HireDate As Date 
+End Type 
+
+Public Enum InterfaceColors 
+icMistyRose = &HE1E4FF& 
+icSlateGray = &H908070& 
+icDodgerBlue = &HFF901E& 
+icDeepSkyBlue = &HFFBF00& 
+icSpringGreen = &H7FFF00& 
+icForestGreen = &H228B22& 
+icGoldenrod = &H20A5DA& 
+icFirebrick = &H2222B2& 
+End Enum
+
+Enum SecurityLevel 
+IllegalEntry = -1 
+SecurityLevel1 = 0 
+SecurityLevel2 = 1 
+End Enum 
+
+Public Function TestConditional (number As Integer, ext As String) As Boolean
+Dim inRange As Boolean
+
+Select Case number
+Case <= 0
+inRange = False
+Case > 10
+inRange = False
+Case Else
+inRange = True
+End Select
+
+' This is a special case identified in the indent script.
+Select Case number
+End Select
+
+If ext = ".xlm" Then
+If inRange Then
+TestConditional = True
+Else
+TestConditional = False
+End If
+ElseIf ext = ".xlsx" Then
+If inRange Then
+TestConditional = False
+Else
+TestConditional = True
+End If
+Else
+TestConditional = False
+End If
+End Function
+
+Private Sub TestIterators (lLimit As Integer, uLimit As Integer)
+Dim a() As Variant
+Dim elmt As Variant
+Dim found As Boolean
+Dim indx As Integer
+Const specialValue As Integer = 5
+
+If uLimit < lLimit Then
+Exit Sub
+End If
+
+ReDim a(lLimit To uLimit)
+For indx=lLimit To Ulimit
+a(indx) = 2 * indx
+Next indx
+
+found = False
+For Each elmt in a
+If elmt = specialValue Then
+found = True
+End If
+Next elmt
+
+If found then
+indx = uLimit
+Do While indx >= lLimit
+indx = indx - 1
+Loop
+End If
+
+End Sub
+
+Public Sub TestMultiline (cellAddr As String, rowNbr As Long)
+Dim rng As Range
+
+Set rng = Range(cellAddr)
+With rng
+.Cells(1,1).Value = _
+"Line 1 of multiline string; " & _
+"Line 2 of multiline string; " & _
+"Line 3 of multiline string"
+End With
+
+' The following lines have whitespace after the underscore character
+' and therefore do not form a valid multiline statement.  The indent
+' script correctly treats them as four single line statements contrary
+' to the author's obvious indent.
+rng..Cells(1,1).Value = _ 
+"Line 1 of multiline string; " & _ 
+"Line 2 of multiline string; " & _ 
+"Line 3 of multiline string"
+
+End Sub
+
+Private Sub TestStmtLabel()
+GoTo stmtLabel
+
+' Statement labels are never indented
+stmtLabel:
+
+End Sub
+
+Sub TestTypeKeyword()
+Type EmployeeRecord         ' Create user-defined type. 
+ID As Integer           ' Define elements of data type. 
+Name As String * 20 
+Address As String * 30 
+Phone As Long 
+HireDate As Date 
+End Type 
+Dim varType As EmployeeRecord
+End Sub
+' END_INDENT

runtime/indent/testdir/vb.ok

@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+' vim: filetype=vb shiftwidth=4 expandtab
+'
+' START_INDENT
+Public Type GEmployeeRecord     ' Create user-defined type. 
+    ID As Integer               ' Define elements of data type. 
+    Name As String * 20 
+    Address As String * 30 
+    Phone As Long 
+    HireDate As Date 
+End Type 
+
+Public Enum InterfaceColors 
+    icMistyRose = &HE1E4FF& 
+    icSlateGray = &H908070& 
+    icDodgerBlue = &HFF901E& 
+    icDeepSkyBlue = &HFFBF00& 
+    icSpringGreen = &H7FFF00& 
+    icForestGreen = &H228B22& 
+    icGoldenrod = &H20A5DA& 
+    icFirebrick = &H2222B2& 
+End Enum
+
+Enum SecurityLevel 
+    IllegalEntry = -1 
+    SecurityLevel1 = 0 
+    SecurityLevel2 = 1 
+End Enum 
+
+Public Function TestConditional (number As Integer, ext As String) As Boolean
+    Dim inRange As Boolean
+
+    Select Case number
+        Case <= 0
+            inRange = False
+        Case > 10
+            inRange = False
+        Case Else
+            inRange = True
+    End Select
+
+    ' This is a special case identified in the indent script.
+    Select Case number
+    End Select
+
+    If ext = ".xlm" Then
+        If inRange Then
+            TestConditional = True
+        Else
+            TestConditional = False
+        End If
+    ElseIf ext = ".xlsx" Then
+        If inRange Then
+            TestConditional = False
+        Else
+            TestConditional = True
+        End If
+    Else
+        TestConditional = False
+    End If
+End Function
+
+Private Sub TestIterators (lLimit As Integer, uLimit As Integer)
+    Dim a() As Variant
+    Dim elmt As Variant
+    Dim found As Boolean
+    Dim indx As Integer
+    Const specialValue As Integer = 5
+
+    If uLimit < lLimit Then
+        Exit Sub
+    End If
+
+    ReDim a(lLimit To uLimit)
+    For indx=lLimit To Ulimit
+        a(indx) = 2 * indx
+    Next indx
+
+    found = False
+    For Each elmt in a
+        If elmt = specialValue Then
+            found = True
+        End If
+    Next elmt
+
+    If found then
+        indx = uLimit
+        Do While indx >= lLimit
+            indx = indx - 1
+        Loop
+    End If
+
+End Sub
+
+Public Sub TestMultiline (cellAddr As String, rowNbr As Long)
+    Dim rng As Range
+
+    Set rng = Range(cellAddr)
+    With rng
+        .Cells(1,1).Value = _
+            "Line 1 of multiline string; " & _
+            "Line 2 of multiline string; " & _
+            "Line 3 of multiline string"
+    End With
+
+    ' The following lines have whitespace after the underscore character
+    ' and therefore do not form a valid multiline statement.  The indent
+    ' script correctly treats them as four single line statements contrary
+    ' to the author's obvious indent.
+    rng..Cells(1,1).Value = _ 
+    "Line 1 of multiline string; " & _ 
+    "Line 2 of multiline string; " & _ 
+    "Line 3 of multiline string"
+
+End Sub
+
+Private Sub TestStmtLabel()
+    GoTo stmtLabel
+
+    ' Statement labels are never indented
+stmtLabel:
+
+End Sub
+
+Sub TestTypeKeyword()
+    Type EmployeeRecord         ' Create user-defined type. 
+        ID As Integer           ' Define elements of data type. 
+        Name As String * 20 
+        Address As String * 30 
+        Phone As Long 
+        HireDate As Date 
+    End Type 
+    Dim varType As EmployeeRecord
+End Sub
+' END_INDENT

runtime/indent/testdir/vim.in

@@ -887,3 +887,55 @@ if true
 elseif
 endif
 " END_INDENT
+
+" START_INDENT
+if (
+true)
+&& true
+echo
+endif
+" END_INDENT
+
+" START_INDENT
+abstract class Shape
+this.color = Color.Black
+this.thickness = 10
+endclass
+" END_INDENT
+
+" START_INDENT
+class OtherThing
+this.size: number
+static totalSize: number
+
+static def ClearTotalSize(): number
+var prev = totalSize
+totalSize = 0
+return prev
+enddef
+endclass
+" END_INDENT
+
+" START_INDENT
+interface HasSurface
+this.size: number
+def Surface(): number
+endinterface
+" END_INDENT
+
+" START_INDENT
+interface EnterExit
+def Enter(): void
+def Exit(): void
+endinterface
+" END_INDENT
+
+" START_INDENT
+enum Color
+White
+Red
+Green
+Blue
+Black
+endenum
+" END_INDENT

runtime/indent/testdir/vim.ok

@@ -887,3 +887,55 @@ if true
 elseif
 endif
 " END_INDENT
+
+" START_INDENT
+if (
+	true)
+	&& true
+    echo
+endif
+" END_INDENT
+
+" START_INDENT
+abstract class Shape
+    this.color = Color.Black
+    this.thickness = 10
+endclass
+" END_INDENT
+
+" START_INDENT
+class OtherThing
+    this.size: number
+    static totalSize: number
+
+    static def ClearTotalSize(): number
+	var prev = totalSize
+	totalSize = 0
+	return prev
+    enddef
+endclass
+" END_INDENT
+
+" START_INDENT
+interface HasSurface
+    this.size: number
+    def Surface(): number
+endinterface
+" END_INDENT
+
+" START_INDENT
+interface EnterExit
+    def Enter(): void
+    def Exit(): void
+endinterface
+" END_INDENT
+
+" START_INDENT
+enum Color
+    White
+    Red
+    Green
+    Blue
+    Black
+endenum
+" END_INDENT

runtime/indent/vb.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,12 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	VisualBasic (ft=vb) / Basic (ft=basic) / SaxBasic (ft=vb)
 " Author:	Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
+" Maintainer:	Michael Soyka (mssr953@gmail.com)
 " Last Change:	Fri, 18 Jun 2004 07:22:42 CEST
 "		Small update 2010 Jul 28 by Maxim Kim
+"		2022/12/15: add support for multiline statements.
+"		2022/12/21: move VbGetIndent from global to script-local scope
+"		2022/12/26: recognize "Type" keyword
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
     finish
@@ -10,28 +14,33 @@ endif
 let b:did_indent = 1
 
 setlocal autoindent
-setlocal indentexpr=VbGetIndent(v:lnum)
+setlocal indentexpr=s:VbGetIndent(v:lnum)
 setlocal indentkeys&
-setlocal indentkeys+==~else,=~elseif,=~end,=~wend,=~case,=~next,=~select,=~loop,<:>
+setlocal indentkeys+==~else,=~elseif,=~end,=~wend,=~case,=~next,=~select,=~loop
 
 let b:undo_indent = "set ai< indentexpr< indentkeys<"
 
 " Only define the function once.
-if exists("*VbGetIndent")
+if exists("*s:VbGetIndent")
     finish
 endif
 
-fun! VbGetIndent(lnum)
+function s:VbGetIndent(lnum)
+    let this_lnum = a:lnum
+    let this_line = getline(this_lnum)
+
     " labels and preprocessor get zero indent immediately
-    let this_line = getline(a:lnum)
     let LABELS_OR_PREPROC = '^\s*\(\<\k\+\>:\s*$\|#.*\)'
     if this_line =~? LABELS_OR_PREPROC
 	return 0
     endif
     
+    " Get the current value of "shiftwidth"
+    let bShiftwidth = shiftwidth()
+
     " Find a non-blank line above the current line.
     " Skip over labels and preprocessor directives.
-    let lnum = a:lnum
+    let lnum = this_lnum
     while lnum > 0
 	let lnum = prevnonblank(lnum - 1)
 	let previous_line = getline(lnum)
@@ -45,34 +54,102 @@ fun! VbGetIndent(lnum)
 	return 0
     endif
 
-    let ind = indent(lnum)
+    " Variable "previous_line" now contains the text in buffer line "lnum".
+
+    " Multi-line statements have the underscore character at end-of-line:
+    "
+    "    object.method(arguments, _
+    "                  arguments, _
+    "                  arguments)
+    "
+    " and require extra logic to determine the correct indentation.
+    "
+    " Case 1: Line "lnum" is the first line of a multiline statement.
+    "         Line "lnum" will have a trailing underscore character
+    "         but the preceding non-blank line does not.
+    "         Line "this_lnum" will be indented relative to "lnum".
+    "
+    " Case 2: Line "lnum" is the last line of a multiline statement.
+    "         Line "lnum" will not have a trailing underscore character
+    "         but the preceding non-blank line will.
+    "         Line "this_lnum" will have the same indentation as the starting
+    "         line of the multiline statement.
+    "
+    " Case 3: Line "lnum" is neither the first nor last line.  
+    "         Lines "lnum" and "lnum-1" will have a trailing underscore
+    "         character.
+    "         Line "this_lnum" will have the same indentation as the preceding
+    "         line.
+    "
+    " No matter which case it is, the starting line of the statement must be
+    " found.  It will be assumed that multiline statements cannot have
+    " intermingled comments, statement labels, preprocessor directives or
+    " blank lines.
+    "
+    let lnum_is_continued = (previous_line =~ '_$')
+    if lnum > 1
+	let before_lnum = prevnonblank(lnum-1)
+	let before_previous_line = getline(before_lnum)
+    else
+	let before_lnum = 0
+	let before_previous_line = ""
+    endif
+
+    if before_previous_line !~ '_$'
+	" Variable "previous_line" contains the start of a statement.
+	"
+	let ind = indent(lnum)
+	if lnum_is_continued
+	    let ind += bShiftwidth
+	endif
+    elseif ! lnum_is_continued
+	" Line "lnum" contains the last line of a multiline statement.
+        " Need to find where this multiline statement begins
+	"
+	while before_lnum > 0
+	    let before_lnum -= 1
+	    if getline(before_lnum) !~ '_$'
+		let before_lnum += 1
+		break
+	    endif
+	endwhile
+	if before_lnum == 0
+	    let before_lnum = 1
+	endif
+	let previous_line = getline(before_lnum)
+	let ind = indent(before_lnum)
+    else
+	" Line "lnum" is not the first or last line of a multiline statement.
+	"
+	let ind = indent(lnum)
+    endif
 
     " Add
-    if previous_line =~? '^\s*\<\(begin\|\%(\%(private\|public\|friend\)\s\+\)\=\%(function\|sub\|property\)\|select\|case\|default\|if\|else\|elseif\|do\|for\|while\|enum\|with\)\>'
+    if previous_line =~? '^\s*\<\(begin\|\%(\%(private\|public\|friend\)\s\+\)\=\%(function\|sub\|property\|enum\|type\)\|select\|case\|default\|if\|else\|elseif\|do\|for\|while\|with\)\>'
-	let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
+	let ind = ind + bShiftwidth
     endif
 
     " Subtract
     if this_line =~? '^\s*\<end\>\s\+\<select\>'
 	if previous_line !~? '^\s*\<select\>'
-	    let ind = ind - 2 * shiftwidth()
+	    let ind = ind - 2 * bShiftwidth
 	else
 	    " this case is for an empty 'select' -- 'end select'
 	    " (w/o any case statements) like:
 	    "
 	    " select case readwrite
 	    " end select
-	    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
+	    let ind = ind - bShiftwidth
 	endif
     elseif this_line =~? '^\s*\<\(end\|else\|elseif\|until\|loop\|next\|wend\)\>'
-	let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
+	let ind = ind - bShiftwidth
     elseif this_line =~? '^\s*\<\(case\|default\)\>'
 	if previous_line !~? '^\s*\<select\>'
-	    let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
+	    let ind = ind - bShiftwidth
 	endif
     endif
 
     return ind
-endfun
+endfunction
 
 " vim:sw=4

runtime/indent/vim.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ vim9script
 # Vim indent file
 # Language:	Vim script
 # Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-# Last Change:	2022 Oct 5
+# Last Change:	2023 Feb 02
 
 # Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists('b:did_indent')
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ b:undo_indent = 'setlocal indentkeys< indentexpr<'
 import autoload '../autoload/dist/vimindent.vim'
 
 setlocal indentexpr=vimindent.Expr()
-setlocal indentkeys+==endif,=enddef,=endfu,=endfor,=endwh,=endtry,=},=else,=cat,=finall,=END,0\\
+setlocal indentkeys+==endif,=enddef,=endfu,=endfor,=endwh,=endtry,=endclass,=endinterface,=endenum,=},=else,=cat,=finall,=END,0\\
 execute('setlocal indentkeys+=0=\"\\\ ,0=#\\\ ')
 setlocal indentkeys-=0#
 setlocal indentkeys-=:

runtime/indent/vue.vim

@@ -1,12 +1,14 @@
 " Vim indent file placeholder
 " Language:	Vue
 " Maintainer:	None, please volunteer if you have a real Vue indent script
+" Last Change:	2022 Dec 24
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
    finish
 endif
-let b:did_indent = 1
+" don't set b:did_indent, otherwise html indenting won't be activated
+" let b:did_indent = 1
 
 " Html comes closest
 runtime! indent/html.vim

runtime/optwin.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " These commands create the option window.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2022 Nov 23
+" Last Change:	2022 Dec 16
 
 " If there already is an option window, jump to that one.
 let buf = bufnr('option-window')
@@ -743,10 +743,12 @@ call <SID>AddOption("terse", gettext("add 's' flag in 'shortmess' (don't show se
 call <SID>BinOptionG("terse", &terse)
 call <SID>AddOption("shortmess", gettext("list of flags to make messages shorter"))
 call <SID>OptionG("shm", &shm)
-call <SID>AddOption("showcmd", gettext("show (partial) command keys in the status line"))
+call <SID>AddOption("showcmd", gettext("show (partial) command keys in location given by 'showcmdloc'"))
 let &sc = s:old_sc
 call <SID>BinOptionG("sc", &sc)
 set nosc
+call <SID>AddOption("showcmdloc", gettext("location where to show the (partial) command keys for 'showcmd'"))
+  call <SID>OptionG("sloc", &sloc)
 call <SID>AddOption("showmode", gettext("display the current mode in the status line"))
 call <SID>BinOptionG("smd", &smd)
 call <SID>AddOption("ruler", gettext("show cursor position below each window"))

runtime/plugin/matchparen.vim

@@ -108,8 +108,9 @@ func s:Highlight_Matching_Pair()
     " searchpairpos()'s skip argument.
     " We match "escape" for special items, such as lispEscapeSpecial, and
     " match "symbol" for lispBarSymbol.
-    let s_skip = '!empty(filter(map(synstack(line("."), col(".")), ''synIDattr(v:val, "name")''), ' .
+    let s_skip = 'synstack(".", col("."))'
-	\ '''v:val =~? "string\\|character\\|singlequote\\|escape\\|symbol\\|comment"''))'
+        \ . '->indexof({_, id -> synIDattr(id, "name") =~? '
+        \ . '"string\\|character\\|singlequote\\|escape\\|symbol\\|comment"}) >= 0'
     " If executing the expression determines that the cursor is currently in
     " one of the syntax types, then we want searchpairpos() to find the pair
     " within those syntax types (i.e., not skip).  Otherwise, the cursor is

runtime/plugin/tohtml.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim plugin for converting a syntax highlighted file to HTML.
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2019 Nov 13
+" Last Change: 2023 Jan 01
 "
 " The core of the code is in $VIMRUNTIME/autoload/tohtml.vim and
 " $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/2html.vim
@@ -8,11 +8,23 @@
 if exists('g:loaded_2html_plugin')
   finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_2html_plugin = 'vim8.1_v2'
+let g:loaded_2html_plugin = 'vim9.0_v1'
 
 "
 " Changelog: {{{
-"   8.1_v2  (this version): - Fix Bitbucket issue #19: fix calculation of tab
+"   9.0_v1  (this version): - Implement g:html_no_doc and g:html_no_modeline
+"                             for diff mode. Add tests.
+"           (Vim 9.0.1122): NOTE: no version string update for this version!
+"                           - Bugfix for variable name in g:html_no_doc
+"           (Vim 9.0.0819): NOTE: no version string update for this version!
+"                           - Add options g:html_no_doc, g:html_no_lines,
+"                             and g:html_no_modeline (partially included in Vim
+"                             runtime prior to version string update).
+"                           - Updates for new Vim9 string append style (i.e. use
+"                             ".." instead of ".")
+"
+"   8.1 updates: {{{
+"   8.1_v2  (Vim 8.1.2312): - Fix SourceForge issue #19: fix calculation of tab
 "                             stop position to use in expanding a tab, when that
 "                             tab occurs after a syntax match which in turn
 "                             comes after previously expanded tabs.
@@ -20,17 +32,17 @@ let g:loaded_2html_plugin = 'vim8.1_v2'
 "                             destination file to ignore FileType events;
 "                             speeds up processing when the destination file
 "                             already exists and HTML highlight takes too long.
-"                           - Fix Bitbucket issue #20: progress bar could not be
+"                           - Fix SourceForge issue #20: progress bar could not be
 "                             seen when DiffDelete background color matched
 "                             StatusLine background color. Added TOhtmlProgress
 "                             highlight group for manual user override, but
 "                             calculate it to be visible compared to StatusLine
 "                             by default.
-"                           - Fix Bitbucket issue #1: Remove workaround for old
+"                           - Fix SourceForge issue #1: Remove workaround for old
 "                             browsers which don't support 'ch' CSS unit, since
 "                             all modern browsers, including IE>=9, support it.
-"                           - Fix Bitbucket issue #10: support termguicolors
+"                           - Fix SourceForge issue #10: support termguicolors
-"                           - Fix Bitbucket issue #21: default to using
+"                           - Fix SourceForge issue #21: default to using
 "                             generated content instead of <input> tags for
 "                             uncopyable text, so that text is correctly
 "                             prevented from being copied in chrome. Use
@@ -41,13 +53,14 @@ let g:loaded_2html_plugin = 'vim8.1_v2'
 "                           - Fix fallback sizing of <input> tags for browsers
 "                             without "ch" support.
 "                           - Fix cursor on unselectable diff filler text.
-"   8.1_v1  (Vim 8.1.0528): - Fix Bitbucket issue #6: Don't generate empty
+"   8.1_v1  (Vim 8.1.0528): - Fix SourceForge issue #6: Don't generate empty
 "                             script tag.
-"                           - Fix Bitbucket issue #5: javascript should
+"                           - Fix SourceForge issue #5: javascript should
 "                             declare variables with "var".
-"                           - Fix Bitbucket issue #13: errors thrown sourcing
+"                           - Fix SourceForge issue #13: errors thrown sourcing
 "                             2html.vim directly when plugins not loaded.
-"                           - Fix Bitbucket issue #16: support 'vartabstop'.
+"                           - Fix SourceForge issue #16: support 'vartabstop'.
+"}}}
 "
 "   7.4 updates: {{{
 "   7.4_v2  (Vim 7.4.0899): Fix error raised when converting a diff containing
@@ -152,7 +165,7 @@ let g:loaded_2html_plugin = 'vim8.1_v2'
 
 " TODO: {{{
 "   * Check the issue tracker:
-"     https://bitbucket.org/fritzophrenic/vim-tohtml/issues?status=new&status=open
+"     https://sourceforge.net/p/vim-tohtml/issues/search/?q=%21status%3Aclosed
 "   * Options for generating the CSS in external style sheets. New :TOcss
 "     command to convert the current color scheme into a (mostly) generic CSS
 "     stylesheet which can be re-used. Alternate stylesheet support? Good start

runtime/syntax/2html.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim syntax support file
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2020 Jan 05
+" Last Change: 2023 Jan 01
 "
 " Additional contributors:
 "
@@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@ if s:settings.use_css && !s:settings.no_doc
   endif
 endif
 
-if !s:settings.use_css && !s:settings_no_doc
+if !s:settings.use_css && !s:settings.no_doc
   " For Netscape 4, set <body> attributes too, though, strictly speaking, it's
   " incorrect.
   execute '%s:<body\([^>]*\):<body bgcolor="' . s:bgc . '" text="' . s:fgc . '"\1>\r<font face="'. s:htmlfont .'"'

runtime/syntax/automake.vim

@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
 " Language: automake Makefile.am
 " Maintainer: Debian Vim Maintainers
 " Former Maintainer: John Williams <jrw@pobox.com>
-" Last Change: 2018 Dec 27
+" Last Change: 2023 Jan 16
-" URL: https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/master/syntax/automake.vim
+" URL: https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/main/syntax/automake.vim
 "
 " XXX This file is in need of a new maintainer, Debian VIM Maintainers maintain
 "     it only because patches have been submitted for it by Debian users and the

runtime/syntax/debchangelog.vim

@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
 " Maintainer:  Debian Vim Maintainers
 " Former Maintainers: Gerfried Fuchs <alfie@ist.org>
 "                     Wichert Akkerman <wakkerma@debian.org>
-" Last Change: 2022 Oct 29
+" Last Change: 2023 Jan 16
-" URL: https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/master/syntax/debchangelog.vim
+" URL: https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/main/syntax/debchangelog.vim
 
 " Standard syntax initialization
 if exists('b:current_syntax')

runtime/syntax/debcontrol.vim

@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
 " Maintainer:  Debian Vim Maintainers
 " Former Maintainers: Gerfried Fuchs <alfie@ist.org>
 "                     Wichert Akkerman <wakkerma@debian.org>
-" Last Change: 2022 May 11
+" Last Change: 2023 Jan 16
-" URL: https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/master/syntax/debcontrol.vim
+" URL: https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/main/syntax/debcontrol.vim
 
 " Standard syntax initialization
 if exists('b:current_syntax')